Home

2006 Chevrolet Monte Carlo Owner Manual - Dealer e

Contents

1. cee 1 58 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 59 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeees 1 60 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 65 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped VONICIG A IT EE ES E PEE EE E E ET 1 66 Restraint System Check 0 0 eeeeee es 1 67 Checking the Restraint Systems 008 1 67 Replacing Restraint System Parts After Crash teeveesdestvobissseviaesidscnssanieensd aside 4 1 68 Front Seats Power Seat Manual Passenger Seat Driver s Seat with Manual Lumbar Power Seat Control and Manual Recline shown Your vehicle has a power driver s seat The control is Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock located on the outboard side of the seat cushion it Slide the seat to where you want it and release To adjust the seat do any of the following the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down 1 2 Manual Lumbar Driver s Seat with Manual Lumbar Power Seat Control and Manual Recline shown The drivers seat has manual lumbar The lever is located on the outboard sid
2. 5 76 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 83 Tire Sidewall Labeling eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 55 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 57 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeeeee 5 70 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 71 Wheel Replacement cceeeeeeeeeeneeeee tees 5 71 When It Is Time for New Tires 00 5 67 Towing Recreational Vehicle eceeeeeeeeeereeeee 4 34 Towing a Trailer cossirier oceans 4 36 Your VENIGCIC serorei naraenia ne aE 4 34 Traction Control System TCS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ees 4 9 Control System Warning Light 008 3 32 Transaxle Fluid Automatic c cece eee ee ence eeeeeeeneeeees 5 23 Transaxle Operation Automatic 005 2 22 TUNK iiine ai Enea OGE ETTA 2 11 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 eeeeee 3 7 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ceeeeeeeeeeee 3 7 Understanding Radio Reception 0 3 83 Uniform Tire Quality Grading cceeeeeeeeee ees 5 70 Universal Home Remote System 0 eeeeeeee 2 34 Operation csctdicccesrercuind taeisis coidecstedaedetiencesd ys 2 35 Vehicle COMON eias a a T 4 5 Damage WarningS sismes iv LOGGING seoid a e AN eee 4 29 SYMONS enaiga i o E iv Vehicle Customization DIC sssesssesseserrerrenrnes 3 53 13 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Da
3. 7 5 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 5 Courtesy Transportation cceceeeeeeee eee ees 7 7 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders cece ccc cc eee ee eect ee eeeteteeeeeenatenenaees 7 9 Collision Damage Repair cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 10 Customer Assistance and Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Chevrolet Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the deal
4. Cra E m United States Canada When the ignition is on the fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have remaining Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage At the gas station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up e The gage doesn t go back to empty when you turn off the ignition Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC All messages will appear in the DIC display located below the speedometer in the instrument panel cluster The DIC buttons are located on the instrument panel to the right of the instrument panel cluster The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The DIC displays trip fuel and vehicle system information and warning messages if a system problem is detected The bottom line of the DIC shows the shift lever position indicator See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2 22 for more information If your vehicle has these features the DIC also displays the compass directio
5. e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Don t drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information 4 37 Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight You can ask your dealer for our trailering
6. A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harnes
7. A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 Trunk Release To open the trunk from the outside press the open trunk button on the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped Remote Trunk Release You can also open the trunk from inside the vehicle lily Remote Trunk Release Press the button with the open trunk symbol on it The button is located next to the exterior lamps control on the left side of the instrument panel The shift lever must be in PARK P for the remote trunk release button to work If your vehicle ever loses power you can open the trunk by lowering the rear seat and pulling the emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk See Split Folding Rear Seat on page 1 10 and Emergency Trunk Release Handle following Emergency Trunk Release Handle N
8. Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving your brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly 5 42 For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery p
9. Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If you have overdrive you may want to drive in THIRD 3 instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D Parking on Hills A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P yet 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and then shift to PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes 4 41 When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e start your engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have
10. Instrument Panel Fuse Block The fuse block is located on the passenger side of the vehicle in the carpet molding Remove the fuse block door to access the fuses PWR SEAT HTD SEAT AUX S ROOF ONSTAR PWR MIR AIRBAG DECKLID Fuses J Use O PWR WNDW i I E 3 i Al a030 x S as A 5 96 Fuses CNSTR DR LCK PWR MIR AIRBAG DECKLID DECKLID RLY Trunk Relay Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located in the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location AIRBAG DISPLAY PWR DROP ORANK FOG LAMPS HORN SPARE FUSES C4 STRG WHL BATT 4 ABS Mirae S TRTRI P a 4 AIC CMPRSR z f z z AIG CMPRSA OKU DISPLAY EMISSIONS 2 CHMSLE FUELPUMP FUEL PUMP ABER a je Z LE LT PARK Driver s Side Parking Lamp FAN 1 Cooling Fan 1 RT PARK Passenger s Side Parking Lamp SPARE 5 97 HORN SPARE SA i Power Drop Crank STRG WHL Steering Wheel Engine Control Module ECMATCM Transmission Control Module RVC SEN Regulated Voltage Control Sensor RADIO Audio System FOG LAMPS Fog Lamps 5 98 ABS MTR1 BATT 3 SW Windshield Wiper Heated Mirror HTD MIR SPARE BATT 1 ABS MTR2 BATT 2 INT LIGHTS INT LTS NL DIM A C CMPRSR AUX PWR Interior Lamps Instrument Panel Dimmer Air Conditioning Compressor Auxiliary Power Fuses BCM CHMSL BACKUP DISPLAY ETC
11. To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the car speakers When a device is connected the radio automatically begins playing audio from the device over the car speakers b Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You may need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device if the volume does not go loud or soft enough BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device will continue playing so you may want to stop it or turn it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system will begin playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device found will be displayed Radio with CD MP3 AM 640 9 389 mM 680 Y 750 Y 96 1Y985 X4i ey amp ELECT a lt a gt gt BAND SEEK SEEK REV Fwo ff CD AUX Radio with CD MP3 shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies
12. e Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members United States only Refer to the web for updated information To register your vehicle visit www MyGMLink com United States or My GM Canada within www gmcanada com Canada Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing 1 800 833 CHEV 2438 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Chevrolet refer to the addresses below United States Customer Assistance Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 www Chevrolet com 1 800 222 1020 1 800 833 2438 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 CHEV USA 243 8872 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshaw
13. If you have ABS you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have ABS your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down may be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have ABS it is different See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle is equipped with a Traction Control System that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transaxle and apply the front brakes to lim
14. Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and co
15. of the seatback closest to the door may be warm The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There will be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there is dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag 1 59 Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors and turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors again and turn the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers off by using the door lock and interior lamp control and hazard warning flasher control e Airbags are designed to inflate only once
16. terminal if Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it unpainted metal engine part or to a remote in your eyes or on your skin flush the place negative terminal if the vehicle has one with water and get medical help immediately Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location of the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 5 45 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to Notice f the jumper cables are connected or the positive terminal location of the vehicle with removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may the good battery Use a remote positive occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would terminal if the vehicle has one not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal location of the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has on
17. 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Q What are the different types of add on child restraints A Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used 1 34 For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints avai
18. A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph
19. A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you will want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 5 4 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 14 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel The 8th digit of your vehicle identification number VIN shows the code letter or number that ident
20. Additives Fuel ccccccccecceeeeeeeceeeeeteneeaeenees 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment eeeeeeeee ees 5 94 Air Cleaner Filter Engine c eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 22 Air Conditioning f 0 ncecas ccceengan adeseccnasep ene cnne uae 3 19 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 000e 3 28 Readiness Light csceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 27 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM 7 9 Airbag SySteM ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeneeeeeneeeees 1 52 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped NOMICIC sedrer anae e en E E E 1 66 How Does an Airbag Restrain eee 1 58 Passenger Sensing System 6 e seeeeeeeees 1 60 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 65 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 08 1 58 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 59 When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 6 1 57 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 55 Antenna Backglass 2 2 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 85 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 85 Anti Lock Brake System ABS aeee 4 7 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 3 32 Appearance Care Aluminum Wheels 2 eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 90 Care of Safety Belts ececeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 88 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 92 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 5 5 89 Cleaning th
21. After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for your airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 7 9 e Let only qualified technicians work on your airbag system Improper service can mean that your airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service 1 60 Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger airbag status indicator on the overhead console will be visible when you turn your ignition key to RUN or START The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you use remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 28 PASSENGER AIR BAG A 2 OFF ON Passenger Airbag Status Indicator United States Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada The
22. And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transaxle back and forth you can destroy your transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 29 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 73 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn your steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around your front wheels If your vehicle has traction control you should turn your traction control system off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning your wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get you out after a few tries you may need to be towed out If you do need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 34 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehi
23. Check XM Receivr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer XM Not Available XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer 3 73 Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player will hold up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the load button for two seconds You will hear a beep and Load All Discs will be displayed 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source 3 74 When a CD is inserted the CD symbol will appear on the CD As each new track starts to pla
24. Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 92 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 89 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 92 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the col
25. Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section or for assistance see Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 4 Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate operator you are programming When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal 2 35 Programming Universal Home Remote Follow these steps to program up to three channels 1 Press and hold down the two outside Universal Home Remote buttons releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universal Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the desired Universal Home Remote button and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the buttons until Step 4 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to substitute Step 3 with the procedure noted in Gate
26. However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your GM dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system
27. and released the station that was set will return 5 Repeat the Steps 2 4 for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Treble BASS TREB Bass Treble To adjust the bass or treble press the tune knob or BASS TREBLE button until the desired tone control label appears on the display Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the setting You can also adjust the setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV buttons The display will show the current bass or treble level If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual appears on the display or start to manually adjust the bass or treble by pressing the tune knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press this button or the tune knob until the desired speaker control label appears on the display Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting You can also adjust the setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV buttons Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer for ser
28. cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 5 22 Finish Damage sass 2c seceiee cesctnsanadcensieacerecscohess 5 91 Flash to Pass ie ansa NENS 3 8 Flat Treharne annA 5 74 Flat Tire Changing cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeed 5 74 Flat Tire Storing icidesccwselescatseedadenae iecceetundes cates 5 83 Fluid Automatic Transaxle ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneees 5 23 Power Steering ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eee tented 5 38 Windshield Washer ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen tees 5 39 Fog Lamp Light iseia taiea magaan a aii aa 3 38 Fog Lamps arrra ogien i e ates 3 15 Folding Rear Seat cceceeeeeeeeeeeneee eee reet 1 10 UCN cccscadehcnsasncneincecusnanuneacie range a 5 4 POCIIVGS iiinis cunser ae an 5 6 California Fuel ss iraco niinniin 5 5 E85 85 Ethanol eriein inirrniasisineia 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Filling Your Tank sci mienas nadie cieedeiapracecsieancanss 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 Gag Cte arrac scent E T AT 3 38 Gasoline Octane ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeeeeneees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 5 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 95 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0eee 5 95 Underhood Fuse Block ceeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 97 Windshield Wiper cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eens 5 94 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 3 33 Fuel asaina ninae aa
29. ceceeeeeeeeeneeeeee ees 1 25 Right Front Passenger Position 0 1 25 Safety Belt Extender cceceeeeeeeeeee eens 1 30 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 24 Safety Belts Are for Everyone a c 1 12 Safety Warnings and Symbols eceeeeeeeeeeees iii Scheduled Maintenance eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 Seatback Latches cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeen ees 1 8 Seats Easy Entry S alciecessieschateda sthaacecisieiacenariecencs 1 9 Head Restraints cccececeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 1 7 Heated Seats 2 0 0 0 cececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Manual Lumbar 0ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 Seats cont Manual Passenger ceceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeenes 1 2 Power Sat eissis iniia eaa seed ives 1 2 Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eenes 1 4 Seatback Latches cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een een ees 1 8 Split Folding Rear Seat ceceeeeeeeeeee nee 1 10 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position 20 00 00 ccceeeeeeeeenee eee eeen 1 46 Right Front Seat Position c eeeeeeeeee ees 1 48 Security Light cccsecsicaccsedvceedeiwectiesdactedeecee cence 3 37 SEIVICE secocuuxsertes Weerly N E E rE aiT 5 3 Accessories and Modifications e 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your NVOMMICIG siei iia E ra OEE EARE ERRE 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 0 5
30. gt S CO A kJ gt Hp KGB sre CK N Fan RAT E Qe N cc LN a ae ye NG AT y T KG DD 4 cs 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 39 Battery See Battery on page 5 42 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 97 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 43 Coolant Recovery Tank See Checking Coolant under Cooling System on page 5 31 Pressure Cap See Pressure Cap on page 5 28 Power Steering Fluid Cap See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 38 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 17 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 17 Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick Out of View See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 5 23 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 40 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 22 When you open the hood on the 5 3L V8 engine here is what you will see A TA T TAN N J A EZUTON Ne BS K lt SIA E er se a M Basan A e Es tells 5 16 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Addi
31. headlamps are turned on See Daytime Running Lamps DRL Automatic Headlamp System on page 3 14 for more information CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message will display when service is required for the vehicle See your GM dealer See Engine Oil on page 5 17 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Acknowledging the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING That must be done at the OIL LIFE screen under the vehicle information menu See Oil Life under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 and Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system this message will display when the tire pressure in one of the tires needs to be checked This message will also display LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at atime To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on your Tire Loading Information Label See Tires on page 5 54 Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 The DIC display also shows the tire pressure values for the front and rear tires by pressing the vehicle information button See DIC Operation and
32. lever rearward Power Door Locks A power door lock switch is located on each door above the armrest Press the top of the switch to unlock both doors or press the bottom of the switch to lock both doors If your vehicle has the optional content theft deterrent system and it is armed the power door lock switches will be disabled You must use your remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped or your key to unlock the doors while the system is armed Automatic Door Lock The doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P The automatic door locking feature cannot be disabled Programmable Automatic Door Unlock Your vehicle is programmed so that when the shift lever is moved into PARK P all doors will unlock With the vehicle stopped and the engine running door unlocking can be programmed through prompts displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC These prompts allow the driver to choose various unlock settings For programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 Lockout Protection To protect you from locking your key in the vehicle this feature stops the power door locks from locking while the key is in the ignition and a door is open If a power lock switch is pressed while a door is open and the key is in the ignition both doors will lock and then the driver s door will unlock A chime will sound continuously until both doors are closed Trunk
33. play will continue from the first track of the first folder 3 78 When play enters a new folder the display will not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display The new track name will appear on the display File System and Naming The song name that will be displayed will be the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio will display the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages will be shortened The display will not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename will not be displayed Preprogrammed Playlists You can access preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software however you will not have playlist editing capability using the radio These playlists will be treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player will pull it in and the CD R should begin playing If you turn off the ignition or radio with a CD R in the player it will stay in the player When you turn on the ignition or radio the CD R will start to play where it stopped i
34. s door is opened Also the power windows will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened Starting the Engine Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position that is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting into PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Your Engine 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn your ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Notice Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 If your vehicle does not start within 10 seconds hold the key in START for about 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts Wait about 15 seconds between each try 3 If the engine still will not start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This time keep the pedal
35. s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 85 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no furth
36. sevice T Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 17 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 22 See footnote m Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 66 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c Inspect throttle system See footnote j Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services er 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 22 Change autom
37. vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your GM Goodwrench dealer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your GM Goodwrench de
38. 3 84 YOUR CDS s cdscdrcnesiteo oe eana E ENNES 3 84 Center Console Storage Area c eeeeeeeeee ee 2 39 GRAINS STING ccrann ea es e e 5 73 Charging System Light Check Engine Light ntsdutiec divi ha aorar EEE Checking Things Under the Hood 05 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eens Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems Infants and Young Children s Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Olden Childrens iaa aaraa a aA Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position c cceeeeeeeeeeeeees Where to Put the Restraint Cigarette Lighter iscrisse isiineit eisiea Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees Exterior Lamps Lenses Fabric Carpet Finish CarGard oser oe eE ESENS Inside of Your Vehicle Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 0 ec ec cece cece cee ec cece ee eeeeeeeenenenenenes Leather epode e a ea o EEE Cleaning cont Underbody Maintenance saseenscensesrrnrnnnna 5 91 Washing Your Vehicle nisreen nnee 5 89 Weahersitips scac crs ccisssteacaearstadaask ie a 5 88 Windshield and Wiper Blades 000 5 90 Climate Control System a a o 3 19 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 23 Outlet Adjustment ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 3 22 Collision Damage Repair c eeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 10 Comfort
39. 32 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceeeeeee eee 2 16 Universal Home Remote System 2 34 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 18 Universal Home Remote System Operation 2 35 New Vehicle Break In c eeceeeeeeeneceeeees 2 18 Storage Areas 0 e eee te ee ee rerna 2 39 Ignition PoSitiONS 2 0 0 0 cece eee eeee eee eee ee eee ees 2 18 Glove BOX ece cece cece ee ee eee oa a iiaea 2 39 Retained Accessory Power RAP 006 2 19 Cupholder S cvstccentowstenendaaceecaxckeddemedannaseltius 2 39 Starting the Engine cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenes 2 19 Center Console Storage Area eeeeeeeee ee 2 39 Engine Coolant Heater cceeeeeeeeeeeneee ees 2 20 Rear Seat Armrest cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 39 Displacement on Demand DoD Convenience Net eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 39 5 3L V8 Engine 0 1 teeters 2 21 SUM OOR aE R ss 2 40 Automatic Transaxle Operation 2 22 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The children or others could be badly injured or even killed Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children One key is used for the ignition and the driver s door If you need a new key contact your dealer for assista
40. Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir Cli location When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 5 38 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The fluid level should be somewhere within the cross hatched area on the dipstick If the fluid is at the ADD mark you should add fluid What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid A WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message will be displayed
41. ECM INJ 1 EMISSIONS 1 INJ 2 EMISSIONS 2 RT SPOT LT SPOT HDLP MDL DRL 2 FAN 2 FUEL PUMP WPR Body Control Module Back up Lamps Control Module Fuses Usas O Reay Usse o 5 99 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Application 61 kg 55 kg 7 2L 11 6L 12 1 L 4 0 qt 3 8L 6 0 qt 5 7L 17 5 gal 66 2 L 100 lb ft 140 Nm All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling 5 100 Engine Specifications O Engine ViNCodo Transade SparkPiugGap 040 in 1 01 mm 3 9L V6 40 n 4 01 nm 53L V8 040 in LOT mm 5 101 4 NOTES 5 102 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 INtHOGUCHION eisenhcidaisec 6 E EE A ET 6 2 At Each Fuel FI eere ennie an a 6 8 Maintenance Requirements cccceccceccecerereen 6 2 At Least Once a Month cceeeeeeeeee eee eeeee 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year ccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule 0 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance 0 ceceeeeeeneeeeen eens
42. Guides Rear Safety Belt 0 0 1 27 Compact Spare Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 5 85 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 2 15 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 5 Convenience Net cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeateaeeaeeaes 2 39 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eseeeeeeeeeee ees 3 33 Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 33 Heater Engine sceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 20 Cooling SYSIOM srna es o nen enni ER O E 5 31 Courtesy LAMPS siisriasareunneiiini annn 3 15 Cruise Control sitet cssictecssusdescanteeiciauecceessareneerens 3 10 Cruise Control Light ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eenes 3 38 CUDPNOIGEr S creii ndini ninine aE ii 2 39 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 7 7 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY USMS raana a 7 4 Customer Assistance Information cont Customer Assistance Offices ccccceeeeees 7 4 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 068 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government c ce cee eee ee cee eeeeeeee tense teeters 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government cceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 7 14 Roadside Assistance Program secsec 7 5 Service Pu
43. Information Center DIC Buttons See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 39 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 59 Exterior Lamps Control See Exterior Lamps on page 3 13 Instrument Panel Brightness See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3 15 Traction Control On Off Button If Equipped See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 K OZSs O vU Tilt Steering Wheel Lever See Tilt Wheel on page 3 6 Steering Wheel Cruise Control If Equipped See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Hood Release See Hood Release on page 5 11 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 83 Ignition Switch See Ignition Positions on page 2 18 Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 3 19 Accessory Power Outlet See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 17 Automatic Transaxle Shift Lever See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2 22 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 39 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located on top of the steering column The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash Press the but
44. TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes will need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver s side front tire passenger s side front tire passenger s side rear tire and driver s side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your GM dealer for service The TPMS sensors may also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall You will have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you will need to start over 5 64 The TPMS matching process is outlined below ile 2 3 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to RUN with the engine off Using the DIC press the vehicle information button until the LEARN TIRE POSITIONS message displays Press the set reset button to allow the system to learn the tire positions The horn will sound twice to indicate the receiver is ready and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message will display The TPMS system is ready for the sensor matching process to begin Start with the driver s side front tir
45. The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint for A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed to the child s body with the harness and also sometimes improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system Some with surfaces such as T shaped or shelf like shields booster seats have a shoulder belt positioner and some high back booster seats have a five point harness A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window Q How Should I Use a Child Restraint A Achild restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint When choosing an add on child restraint be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards Then follow the instructions for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or ina booklet or both 1 38 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle
46. Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 3 58 FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to set all of the customization features back to their factory default settings Press the customization button until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices RESTORE ALL default The customization features will be set to their factory default settings DO NOT RESTORE The customization features will not be set to their factory default settings Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS This feature allows you to exit the FEATURE SETTINGS menu Press the customization button until FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the DIC display Press the set reset button to exit the menu If you do not exit pressing the customization button again will return you to the beginning of the FEATURE SETTINGS menu Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature sett
47. WMA CD R or CR W Disc The radio will play MP3 and WMA files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album will be available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compressed Audio The radio will also play discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 WMA files By default the radio will read only the uncompressed audio and ignore the MP3 WMA files Pressing the CAT button will toggle between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 WMA Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc e The CD player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or aloum should contain 18 songs or less Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback Make
48. a key or turns the ignition on with an incorrect key The horn will sound and the turn signal lamps will flash for approximately two minutes When the alarm is armed the trunk may be opened with the remote keyless entry transmitter The power door lock switches are disabled and the doors remain locked You must use your remote keyless entry transmitter or your key to unlock the doors when the system is armed Arming with the Power Lock Switch The alarm system will arm when you use either power lock switch to lock the doors while any door or the trunk is open and the key is removed from the ignition Arming with the Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter The alarm system will arm when you use your remote keyless entry transmitter to lock the doors if the key is not in the ignition Disarming with the Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter The alarm system will disarm when you use your remote keyless entry transmitter to unlock the doors The first time a remote UNLOCK command is received three flashes will be seen and three horn chirps heard to indicate an alarm condition has occurred since last arming Disarming with Your Key The alarm system will disarm when you use your key to unlock the doors or insert your key in ignition and turn it from the OFF position PASS Key IIl The PASS Key IIl system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device c
49. and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another part
50. be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light tells you if there could be a problem with your engine oil pressure The light goes on when you turn your key to RUN or START It goes off once you start your engine That is a check to be sure the light works If it does not come on be sure to have it fixed so it will be there to warn you if something goes wrong When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Security Light For information regarding this light see Theft Deterrent Systems on page 2 15 3 37 Fog Lamp Light 0 The fog lamps light will come on when the fog lamps are in use The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 15 for more information Cruise Control Light This light comes on a whenever you set your cruise control The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information Highbeam On Light This light will come on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 Fuel Gage F Cra
51. can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the ignition key in the ignition the key can be turned to four different positions Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is in all the way If none of this works then your vehicle needs service A OFF This is the only position in which the ignition key can be inserted or removed This position locks the ignition and transaxle It is a theft deterrent feature B ACCESSORY This position lets the radio and windshield wipers operate while the engine is off To use ACCESSORY turn the key clockwise C RUN This position is where the key returns to after the vehicle is started This position displays some of the warning and indicator lights D START This position starts the engine A warning chime will sound and the Driver Information Center DIC will display DRIVER S DOOR OPEN when the driver s door is opened if the ignition is in OFF ACCESSORY and the key is in the ignition See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information Retained Accessory Power RAP The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP which will allow your vehicle s radio to work when the ignition key is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position Once the key is turned from RUN to OFF the radio will continue to work 10 minutes or until the driver
52. can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn t be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp circuit is protected by individual fuses in the underhood fuse block An electrical overload will cause the fuse to blow If this happens have your headlamp system checked right away 5 94 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options A circuit breaker in the instrument panel fuse block protects the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating
53. entry transmitter is pressed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it CHIME VOLUME This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the customization button until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices NORMAL default The chime volume will be set to a normal level LOUD The chime volume will be set to a loud level NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 3 57 REMOTE START If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to turn the remote start off or on The remote start feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using your remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE START appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature
54. for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity for your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 36 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips Example 1 item Description Tota Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Example 1 300 Ibs 136
55. has ended If you turn off the ignition with the headlamps switch in the parking lamps or headlamps position the delayed headlamps cycle will not occur To disable the delayed headlamps feature or change the time of delay see Exit Lighting under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Automatic Headlamp System Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada 3 14 A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the DRL work so be sure it is not covered The DRL system s automatic headlamp control will make the low beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when the following conditions are met e The ignition is in RUN e The exterior lamps control is in AUTO e The engine is running When the DRL are on only the low beam headlamps at a reduced level of brightness will be on The headlamps taillamps sidemarker and other lamps will not be on The instrument panel and cluster will also not be lit When it is dark enough outside your low beam headlamps will turn off and the headlamps and parking lamps will turn on The other lamps that come on with the headlamps will also come on
56. information or advice or you can write us at Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 In Canada write to General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 4 38 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity If you re using a weigh carrying hitch or a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Tire Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Then be sure you don t
57. it is needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in the vehicle Litho in U S A Part No OOMONTECARLO A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2005 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this o
58. it is probably time to change the battery The REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message in the vehicle s DIC will display if the remote keyless entry transmitter battery is low See REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for additional information 2 6 Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter do the following 1 Use a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the trunk release button and separate the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter 2 Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this 3 Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing down Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type Make sure the cover is on tightly so water will not get in 4 Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together 5 Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote starting feature This feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle If your vehicle has an outside temperature display during remote start this feature allows the climate control system to default to a heating mode during colder outside temperatures and a cooling mode du
59. key 4 Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the RUN position within five seconds of removing the original key 5 The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine Your PASS Key Ill system however may not be working properly and must be serviced by your dealer If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 36 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load
60. kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and oe Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg 4 31 Example 2 Description Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Example 2 Example 3 Item Description Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Example 3 Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 91 kg x5 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo 250 Ibs 113 kg 4 32 Available Cargo 0 Ibs 0 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight Certification Label Ey MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP el DATE GWR GAWR FRT a Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE D FM WN ABOVE 2000 ASS CAR THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL A A vehicle specific Certification label is found on the rear edge of the driver s door The label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for eithe
61. may or may not turn off the right front passenger s airbag or airbags depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag or airbags 1 63 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of an airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 27 for more on this including important safety information Aftermarket equipment such as seat covers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates You may want to consider not using seat cove
62. means Always expect the defensively unexpected Assume that pedestrians or other Please start with a very important safety device in your drivers are going to be careless and make vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for mistakes Anticipate what they might do and Everyone on page 1 12 be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a Collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000
63. not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects Because this antenna is built into your rear window there is a reduced risk of damage caused by car washes and vandals If static is heard on the radio when the rear window defogger is turned on it could mean that a defogger grid line has been damaged If this is true the grid line must be repaired If you choose to add a cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that you do not damage the grid lines for the AM FM antenna There is enough space between the lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 3 85 4 NOTES 3 86 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving c cseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Drunken Driving issii sdra denai tacnanesrebiarsars 4 3 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 4 5 Braking saamisena dota dawtngieis igen detueseaas
64. of Safety Belts ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es Weatherstrips c cecitciceicctetcetess coteveeerat etentende Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeereeees Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 08 Finish Care aise cveeestenertasiienen ieee Windshield and Wiper Blades Aluminum Wheels 2 2 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 90 WIGS 22 ceared nat attien e a e E 5 91 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 91 Finish Damage ences nceceaedstcas acseasematennesoementease 5 91 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 91 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 92 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 92 Vehicle Identification eee 5 93 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 4 5 93 Service Parts Identification Label 0 5 93 Electrical System c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 eeeeeeee 5 94 Headlamp Wiring ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee mienis 5 94 Windshield Wiper Fuses 5 94 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 94 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 95 Instrument Panel Fuse Block eeeeeee 5 95 Underhood Fuse Block eceeeeeeee etree ees 5 97 Capacities and Specifications 5 100 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy wit
65. on the Driver Information Center DIC when you need to add windshield washer fluid to your vehicle See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 5 39 Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brak
66. or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 if the child restraint has a top tether 1 49 You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has airbags See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag or airbags are off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Passenger Seat on page 1 2 or Power Seat on page 1 2 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to RUN or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 28 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Remove the safety belt from the guide on the head restraint by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide Do not secure the child restraint with the safety belt routed through the guide 1 50 4 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and s
67. others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Notice lf your vehicle has a tire size other than P225 55R17 or P235 50R18 size tires use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle 5 73 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that
68. outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Displacement on Demand DoD 5 3L V8 Engine Your vehicle s engine may be equipped with Displacement on Demand DoD This system allows the engine to operate on either all or half of its cylinders depending on your driving conditions When less power is required such as cruising at a constant vehicle speed the system will operate in the half cylinder mode allowing your vehicle to achieve better fuel economy When greater power demands are required such as accelerating from a stop passing or merging onto a freeway the system will maintain full cylinder operation 2 21 Automatic Transaxle Operation Your automatic transaxle has a shift lever on the console between the seats PRN D3 2 1 There is a display located on the instrument panel cluster that will indicate the gear the ve
69. passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped under certain conditions The drivers frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s airbag or airbags should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat General Motors recommends that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbags deploy A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal air
70. photocell on the front of the mirror senses when it is becoming dark outside Another photocell facing rearward senses headlamps behind you To turn the automatic dimming feature off press the center button again To keep the photocells operating well occasionally clean them with a cotton swab and glass cleaner Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with the OnStar System Press the button located below the mirror on the far left for up to three seconds to turn the automatic dimming feature off and on While turned on this mirror functions exactly like the automatic dimming mirror described previously There are two lamps located on the bottom of the mirror Press the button next to each lamp to turn it on and off There are also OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 32 for more information about the service OnStar provides Outside Power Mirrors The controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the driver s door armrest Use the selector switch located below the four way control panel to choose either the left or right outside mirror Then press any of the four arrows located on the control pad to move each mirror in the desired direction Adjust each mirror so you can see the side of your vehicle and
71. production plant brand and date of production 5 58 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire tha
72. properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer for service Locked This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer 3 71 XM Radio Messages Radio Display a 3 XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and after four second delay text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Arti
73. protects in one step No wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Finish Enhancer Wash Wax Concentrate Spot Lifter Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M07267 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code will help you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label You will find this label in the trunk It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label you will find the following e VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Don t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment
74. remote start button for at least four seconds The vehicle s doors will lock Pressing the remote start button again after the vehicle has started will turn off the ignition 3 When the vehicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the vehicle is running 4 If it is your first remote start since last driving repeat these steps while the engine is still running for a 10 minute time extension When you enter the vehicle during a remote start and the engine is still running turn the key to the RUN position to drive the vehicle If the vehicle is left running it will automatically shut off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following e Aim the remote keyless entry transmitter at the vehicle and press the remote start button until the parking lamps turn off e Turn on the hazards warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch on and then off The remote vehicle start feature provides two separate starts each with 10 minutes of engine running or it provides one start with 10 minutes of engine running that may be extended with 10 more minutes If you press and release the transmitter lock button and then press and hold the remote start button on the remote keyless entry transmitter again before the first 10 minutes of engine running time has expired 2 8 10 minutes are added to the remaining minutes For example if the lock bu
75. seems to start up rather slowly or not shift gears when you go faster and you continue to drive your vehicle that way you could damage the transaxle Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in SECOND 2 when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D for higher speeds until then 2 23 THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving but it offers more power and lower fuel economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D Here are some times you might choose THIRD 3 instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D e When driving on hilly winding roads e When towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears e When going down a steep hill For more information see Hill and Mountain Roads on page 4 22 SECOND 2 This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy than THIRD 3 You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads You would also then want to use your brakes off and on Notice Driving in SECOND 2 for more than 25 miles 40 km or at speeds over 55 mph 90 km h may damage the transaxle Also shifting into SECOND 2 at speeds above 65 mph 105 km h can cause damage Drive in THIRD 3 or AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D instead of SECOND 2 2 24 FIRST 1 This position gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than SECOND 2 You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever i
76. services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 17 for further details Notice It is important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep your engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to your engine not covered by your warranty Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 26 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Tires on page 5 54 for further details Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires
77. starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They will not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them 4 17 Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no
78. steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle The airbag supplements the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions and rear impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward those airbags Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for side impact airbags What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After an inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbag inflated Some components of the airbag module may be hot for a short time These components include the steering wheel hub for the driver s frontal airbag and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s frontal airbag For seating positions with side impact airbags the side
79. temperature is 40 F 4 C or below Recirculation cannot be selected when in Floor mode Fan Turn the left knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter if equipped may need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 23 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 ra Outside Air When this mode is on outside air will circulate throughout your vehicle When the button is pressed an indicator light in the button will come on to let you know that it is activated Outside air cannot be used with the recirculation mode 3 20 A Recirculation When the button is pressed an indicator light will come on This mode keeps outside air from entering the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering your vehicle Recirculation may also help heat or cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly once the temperature inside the vehicle is equal to or better than the outside temperature The recirculation mode cannot be used with outside air floor defrost or defog modes Temperature Control Rotate the thumbwheels up or down to increase or decrease the temperature on the driver s side or the passenger side of the vehicle for the dual zone system Turn the center knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature fo
80. tether route the tether over the 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seatback seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different the child restraint to the lower anchors directions to be sure it is secure 1 45 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 46 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the ret
81. that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing e Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might in
82. the United States or in kilometers used in Canada Your vehicle has a tamper resistant odometer If you see ERROR you ll know someone has probably tampered with it and the numbers may not be accurate You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a new odometer installed If the new one can be set to the mileage total of the old odometer then that will be done But if it can t then it will be set at zero and a label must be put on the driver s door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed Tachometer Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm 3 26 Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled This chime and light will be repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion LZ The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the fro
83. the area beside and behind your vehicle 2 31 Outside Convex Mirror Your passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so you can see more from the driver s seat A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Outside Heated Mirrors If your vehicle has this option the surface of both outside mirrors will heat when you activate the rear window defogger See Rear Window Defogger under Climate Control System on page 3 19 2 32 OnStar System OnStar uses global positioning system GPS satellite technology wireless communications and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency where we can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the car call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they will get you the help you need A complete OnStar User s Guide and the Terms and Conditions of the OnStar Subscription Service Agreement are included in the vehicle s glove box li
84. the low beam position pull the lever toward you momentarily to switch to high beam to signal you are going to pass If the headlamps are on they will return to low beam when the lever is released This feature operates even if the headlamps are off Windshield Wipers Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them Damaged wiper blades may not clear the windshield well making it harder to see and drive safely If the blades do become damaged install new blades or blade inserts For more information see Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 52 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with the wiper symbol on it W Mist For a single wiping cycle turn the band to mist Hold it there until the wipers start Then let go The wipers will stop after one wipe If you want more wipes hold the band on mist longer SY Delay You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay between wipes This can be very useful in light rain or snow Turn the band to choose the delay time The closer to the top of the lever the shorter the delay GED Low Speed For steady wiping at low speed turn the band away from you to the first solid band past the delay settings For
85. the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and track number will appear on the display while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system will automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player 3 65 CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There may have been a problem while burning the CD R e The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer while reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate You can connect an external audio device such as an iPod MP3 player CD changer or cassette player to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening 3 66
86. there is no apparent damage try a known good CD 3 64 Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD will be automatically pulled back into the player J Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing Ki SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will a
87. to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display will time out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds 3 68 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The display will show the selection d Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press the information button to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist and CAT may appear Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels a
88. upon receiving specific information from these stations and will only work when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters will appear on the display In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that will cause the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available XM offers over 100 coast to coast channels including music news sports talk traffic weather and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 3 67 Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV The radio has Speed Compensated Volume SCV When SCV is on the radio volume automatically adjusts to compensate for road and wind noise as you speed up or slow down while driving That way the volume level should sound about the same as you drive To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button
89. use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice f you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wh
90. wciescc cdcvetiiace ewe ela 1 12 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 12 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 16 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 17 Driver POSItiON ccecee cece cence ee eeeeeeeeees 1 18 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 24 Right Front Passenger Position 0 1 25 Rear Seat Passengers ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee ees 1 25 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 1 27 Safety Belt Pretensioners 0ceeeeeeee es 1 29 Safety Belt Extender ccceseeeeeeeeneee tenes 1 30 Seats and Restraint Systems Child Restraints cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 30 Older Childress nnrir 1 30 Infants and Young Children eeeeceeeeeeeee 1 32 Child Restraint Systems c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 36 Where to Put the Restraint cee 1 39 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LA TICE aiseria ateta RAE N 1 41 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION sressnettoctoncscacntant ctnamatdeansnecbarnseana 1 46 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 1 48 Airbag System cece cceeeeee eneren ees 1 52 Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 55 When Should an Airbag Inflate 1 57 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 58 How Does an Airbag Restrain
91. when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 for more information Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated G Pr If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will also come on when starting your vehicle If it doesn t have your vehicle serviced Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Canada United States This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves towards the H United States or the shaded in thermostat Canada it means that your engine coolant has overheated If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions you should pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information 3 33 Tire Pressure Light If equipped this light should come on briefly as you start the engine It will then come on only when a flat or low tire p
92. when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 54 City Driving a F Be ee ae z m LTE Py H TIT ie Ly li a Fy a tins l a eT z DANAN Ze ZE lt lt SIA Z Yo c A N a Ce fi os ye y z ZIPS 7 ey ZMK Be ao One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 4 20 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Freeway Driving Mile for mile freew
93. will come on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Press the cruise control On Off button 2 Get up to the speed you want 3 Press and release the SET button located on the steering wheel 4 Take your foot off the accelerator Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This shuts off the cruise control But you do not need to reset it Once you are driving about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES button on your steering wheel The vehicle will go back to your chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control To increase the cruise speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the RES button on the steering wheel until you reach your new desired speed then release it e To increase vehicle speed in small increments press the RES button Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control To reduce your speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the SET button on the steering wheel until you reach the lower speed you want then release it e To slow down in very small amounts press the SET button on the steering wheel brief
94. windshield Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly Turn the right knob clockwise to select the defog or defrost mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear hw Defog This mode directs air equally to the windshield and the floor outlets When you select this mode the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is below 40 F 4 C The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the defog mode W Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield side window vents and to the floor vents In this mode the system will automatically force outside air into your vehicle The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the defog mode The air conditioning compressor will run automatically in this setting unless the outside temperature is below 40 F 4 C 3 21 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window Gi The rear window defogger will turn off automatically after it has been activated The duration the rear window defogger is on will be longer if the vehicle is being driven The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine The heated outside rearview mirrors will heat to help clear fog or frost from t
95. with anti lock brakes the anti lock brake system warning light should come on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the anti lock brake system warning light stays on longer than normal after you ve started your engine turn the ignition off or if the light comes on and stays on when you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving the anti lock brake system needs service and you do not have anti lock brakes The anti lock brake system warning light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 32 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light A ee For vehicles equipped with the traction control system this warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If it stays on or comes on when you are driving there may be a problem with your traction control system and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly If the traction control system warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time
96. with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers 4 26 If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on your hazard flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking y
97. 00 0002 3 23 Hea a eae te pe et et 3 9 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 24 Cruise Control 310 Instrument Panel Cluster c eeeeeeeeee eres 3 25 Eder Mamie cao rts tie a Speedometer and Odometer 0 0e 3 26 enor Lamps oii ds Scituate nains o aaa EE 3 13 Tachometer 3 26 Daime Gunning Lampe DRiAuomais 7 Safety Belt Reminder Light 3 26 Headlamp System 3 14 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light 3 27 Pog Lamps aianei reai aa cet Sn Arbad Readiness LigMt iiinis iiipi mafafai EA Instrument Panel Brightness 000ccccc0ce 3 15 Chenin Ae TY Indicator 00 a a ae E taegti Gsiteeih Gibitcs eee Brake System Warning Light eee 3 31 ae ee E TTT a Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light lt 3 32 Delayed Enty Lighting ae Taction Control System TCS Waring Light 3 32 Delayed Exit Lighting 0 cccccccscseseeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 33 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 3 33 Audio System s 0c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 59 Tire Pressure Light c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 34 Setting the Time Without Date Display 3 60 Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 s eseeees 3 34 Setting the Time With Date Display 3 61 Oil Pressure Light c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 37 Radio with
98. 2006 Chevrolet Monte Carlo Owner Manual Cli Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 4 1 Front SOAtS iendnccdiwncn dicen toaaeteanctedecemeenndnannce 1 2 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 Rear Seals o cccecccececececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueaes 1 10 TOWING seincitsinncstnccobsh cimosigedahseesatetddaass mates 4 34 malety BSNS cecustatventiesadsenmes haensaieitanciestinets 1 12 Service and Appearance Care cseee 5 1 Child Restraints oisinn 1 30 Semice e San a ten ted hee eae tas 5 3 Airbag System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetntteeeeeeeees 1 52 Fuel een ere tec eee a enor Ae een eee 5 4 Restraint System Check oo eeeeeeeeeeees 1 67 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Features and Controls c cceceeeeeeeeeaeaes 2 1 Headlamp AiMing ou cc cece cece eeeecee ee ee seen eee 5 47 Keys genae ea N serene nate 2 2 Bulb Replacement ccc cece ec eeeeeeaeeee essen 5 47 Doors and LOCKS oo eee cece cece ec eeeeeeeeeeeneaes 2 9 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 52 WINGOWS eee cece ec ec ccc ec ec ec ee ee ee eeeeeeeeeenenenenes 2 13 WINGS cack atectustessscaveden den a a aa 5 54 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 eee ee eee eee ee 2 15 Appearance Care oo eee ccc ec ccc ecc cence cence eens 5 85 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 18 Vehicle Identification oo eee eeeecee
99. 3 Doing Your Own Work cceeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 5 4 Engine Soon Light a an 3 34 Publications Ordering Information 0 7 15 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 65 Setting the Time cceeceeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 60 3 61 Sheet Metal Damage cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeaes 5 91 Shifting Into Park P neern a e 2 26 Shifting Out of Park P seosireosisanes sisenes 2 27 Signals Turn and Lane Change 0 eeeeeee 3 7 11 Spare Tire COMPACT eotierro ea 5 85 Installing ea a inden E A 5 77 REMOVING sis iaie mungoi ainn aii 5 76 SLOMING EE E EES 5 83 Specifications Capacities ccceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 100 Speedometer cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaeeaeeaes 3 26 Split Folding Rear Seat cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 1 10 Starting Your Engine cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 2 19 Steering we2kecdiscccentdseteddacandescebignesetdeaeecdetand ences 4 10 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 0 0606 3 83 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel ecceeeeeeeee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area 6 seeeeee ee 2 39 Convenience Net c ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Cupholder S ireira eian a a 2 39 GIOVE BOX erines aeni a ena EE 2 39 Rear Seat Armrest c ceeceeeeeeeeneee een eee ees 2 39 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow n se 4 28 SUM VISOMS sc ccssesetstnmagtcsaaxtgumtsatenataacncweeanrt
100. 34 Remote Keyless Entry System eeeeeeeeeee es 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spar Tire s csvevcceiasewss seve vves csedvsessesevevscnenesss 5 77 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 76 Replacement Bulbs eceeeneceeeeeeeeeneees 5 51 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 0ceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 7 14 General Motors 2 c00cd3 ese ecdecsacseseseiaveesassevets 7 14 United States Government ceeeeeeee ees 7 14 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 08 1 67 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash e E chest verateaenes 1 68 Retained Accessory Power RAP ccce 2 19 Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts 1 25 Roadside Assistance Program ceceeeeeeeeeeeee tensa ences 7 5 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 29 Running the Engine While Parked 4 2 29 S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light eeeeeeee 3 27 PretensiOnerS ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 Reminder Lighters save niet n 3 26 Safety Belts CASH OP annara a A A D ponents 5 88 Driven POSHO mearan ao a 1 18 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 17 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 16 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 1 27 Rear Seat Passengers
101. 6 4 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 13 Additional Required Services ceeeeeeee 6 6 Maintenance Record 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 14 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 6 7 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your
102. 85 Battery sosoca aa oian a edahe 5 42 Run Down Protection ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eeeeeeeeee 4 21 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS n se 4 7 Emergentes jciccasecaettaetaneneed iieiaeie iE 4 8 Pali orenean ipanen o EEEE 2 25 System Warning Light c eseeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 31 Brakas sraccchsndes i panied EE E E 5 40 Braking ssidcrio diini sana keeno 4 6 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee eee 4 8 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 18 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 47 Back Up Lampe ic cciisinaness sieasacs Sacensis aecineniteen 5 51 Halogen BUDS tvecciccccccccse ceceteseereacetewenieneciens 5 47 Headlamp Aiming erresiren aena 5 47 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps eseeeeeeeeeee neers 5 48 Replacement Bulbs sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 51 Taillamps Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps 5 50 Buying New TireS ccceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 68 California Fuel vx icaccs tains ccna diaaa eais 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning eeee 5 3 Canadian OWNne S cceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee een eeneeaees ii Capacities and Specifications ceeeeee 5 100 Carbon Monoxide 00 2 11 2 28 4 24 4 36 Care of Salely BeltS sce iacecceeseaadest ea e 5 88 Your CD Player esminis erini npea seais
103. ANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it REMOTE DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter if any of the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices HORN amp LIGHTS OFF There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter LIGHTS ONLY The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter HORN ONLY The horn will sound on the second press of the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter HORN amp LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will re
104. CD Base ecceeeeeeseeeeeeees 3 62 Security Light esiseina a Erie 3 37 Radio with CD MP3 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 67 Fog Lamp LIQNt siesena eani 3 38 Theft Deterrent Feature ccccee cee eneeeeeee 3 82 Cruise Control Light cceeeeeeeeee teense eens 3 38 Audio Steering Wheel Controls eee 3 83 Highbeam On Light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 38 Radio Reception sisisi ionndrain anner musen 3 83 Fuel Gage oeniredoii iini ua nininini ina 3 38 Care of Your CDSirarrrasies ne minnin io ea 3 84 Driver Information Center DIC 00 3 39 Care of the CD Player cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 84 DIC Operation and Displays ccccccseeeeee 3 40 Backglass Antenna E E E 3 85 DIC Warnings and Messages c cc00eeeees 3 46 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 85 DIC Vehicle Customization cccceeeee eee 3 53 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview The main components of your instrument panel are listed here A B C Air Vent See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 22 Remote Trunk Release Button See Remote Trunk Release under Trunk on page 2 11 Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster See nstrument Panel Cluster on page 3 25 Hazard Warning Flasher Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Driver
105. Display This display shows no information Customization Menu Items Customization Press this button to enter the feature settings menu This display allows you to customize the feature settings on your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 for more information DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple messages may appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you can press the set reset button to acknowledge that you received the message and clear it from the DIC display Pressing any of the DIC buttons will also acknowledge and clear any messages Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be cleared You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that clearing the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them 3 46 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OFF This message will display when the automatic headlamps are turned off See Daytime Running Lamps DRL Automatic Headlamp System on page 3 14 for more information AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL ON This message will display when the automatic
106. Displays on page 3 40 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light will come on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 34 DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message will display when the driver s door is not closed properly When this message appears you should make sure that the driver s door is closed completely ENGINE HOT A C Air Conditioning OFF This message will display when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor is automatically turned off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the A C operation will automatically resume You can continue to drive your vehicle If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your GM dealer as soon as possible to avoid compressor damage ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL This message will display when the vehicle s engine oil is low Fill the oil to the proper level as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the engine oil fill location Also see Engine Oil on page 5 17 for information on the kind of oil to use and the proper oil level 3 47 ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal
107. EL LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information 3 41 Average Economy Press the trip fuel button until AVG ECONOMY displays This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this menu item was reset To reset AVG ECONOMY press and hold the set reset button The display will return to zero Instantaneous Economy and Displacement on Demand DoD Indicator Press the trip fuel button until INST ECONOMY displays If your vehicle has a V8 engine INST ECONOMY 8CYL MODE will display This display shows the current fuel economy at a particular moment and will change frequently as driving conditions change This display shows the instantaneous fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Unlike average economy this screen cannot be reset 3 42 If your vehicle has a V8 engine a Displacement on Demand DoD indicator will display on the right side of the DIC while INST ECONOMY displays on the left side DoD allows the engine to operate on either four or eight cylinders depending on your driving demands When DoD is active 4CYL MODE will display on the DIC When DoD is inactive 8CYL MODE will display See Displacement on Demand DoD 5 3L V8 Engine on page 2 21 for more information Average Sp
108. Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak to an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor Your vehicle may have Virtual Advisor It is a feature of OnStar Personal Calling that uses your minutes to access weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics Customize your information profile at www myonstar com See the OnStar User s Guide for more information 2 33 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may be equipped with a Talk Mute e button that can be used to interact with OnStar See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 83 for more information When calling into voice mail systems or to dial directory numbers press this button once wait for the response say the number s to be dialed wait for the number s to be repeated and then say dial See the OnStar User s Guide for more information 2 34 Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held transmitters used to activate devices such as gate operators garage door openers entry door locks security systems and home lighting If your vehicle has the Universal Home Remote Transmitter it complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules O
109. M parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the body doors hood secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment glove box door console door and any folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the v
110. Operator and Canadian Programming later in this section 2 36 The indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote successfully receives the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all of the programmed channels If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Steps 6 through 8 following to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener Locate in the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer You will have 30 seconds to start Step 8 8 Return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the programmed Universal Home Remote button for two seconds the
111. Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume The radio remembers the previous volume setting whenever the radio is turned on You can still manually adjust the volume by using the volume knob 3 62 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The display will show the selection J Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Press this button to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time While the ignition is off press this knob to display the time Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until you hear a beep Whenever that pushbutton is pressed
112. Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 Owner s Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Order Forms Service Publications are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeeees 5 3 Accessory Power Outlet S eeeeeeeeeeeerees 3 17 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle nici tesaccneetis e conto Seiwa lave 1 66
113. RY DO NOT TWIST SAFETY SWITCH TEMP BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT e TURN fac FUSE EYES BY FASTEN Og SIGNALS BATTERY BOX SHIELDING SEAT AIRBAG gN CHARGING e i a s I SYSTEM PARKING 0 0 DO NOT INSTALL LAMPS ZUUL NGNE A REAR FACING cere Q SCOLANT CHILD RESTRAINT EAN PORNE SECURE Zz IN THIS SEATING HAZARD CHILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT AVOID PULL BELT SPARKS OR OUT e DO NOT INSTALL A FLAMES COMPLETELY VE FORWARD FACING DAYTIME O CAUSTIC BATTERY ACID COULD MOVE SEAT FULLY REARWARD THEN SECURE CHILD RESTRAINT RUNNING IN THIS SEATING ose CHILD SEAT LAMPS SPARK OR POSITION FLAME COULD power Ze 3 DOOR LOCK FOG ANTI LOCK SERVICE FXPLODE winpow UNLOCK LAMPS BRAKES MANUAL BATTERY ENGINE oiL D7 OWNER S PRESSURE MANUAL 4 NOTES vi Section 1 Front Seats cccccecceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 2 Manual Passenger Seat csceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 2 Power Seat c e oirnn arenei innau EunD ESES 1 2 Manual Lumbar 0 0ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 Heated Seats ceniris sitai 1 4 Reclining Seatbacks cceceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 1 4 Head Restraints 2 ccceceeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeees 1 7 Seatback Latches nisnin innsinn aniis 1 8 Easy Entry Seat ois ercrniiesiiiceinin eers siia 1 9 Rear S atS cinnara arran aa re EEEn 1 10 Split Folding Rear Seat ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 1 10 Safety Belts
114. S rianairean 2 10 Electrical System s scssrenrediinurianissi 5 94 Retained Accessory RAP ccecce 2 19 Sete E wanes caeheedacadiveemessieedseued 1 2 Steering Fluid issis nrs ani insanis aa a 5 38 WINGOWS E EE E E E acne 2 14 Pr ss re Cap zaremsrranjiton ausin aa n ENS 5 28 Pretensioners Safety Belt aaneeecceeeeeeeen 1 29 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 11 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 16 FRAGIOS ahere ae eaa 3 59 Care of Your CD Player o ae 3 84 Care of Your CDS ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 84 Radio with CD cccceceeeeeeeeeee tees 3 62 3 67 Setting the Time cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 3 60 3 61 Theft Deterrent cceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 82 Understanding Reception cecce 3 83 Reading LAMPS vxseivsersietccageacteadoncenntetneseeitenss 3 17 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 5 1 27 Rear Seat Armrest c cceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts 1 25 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming 2 30 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OMS tae liei A ER 2 31 Rearview Mirror with OnStar cc000eceeeeees 2 30 Rearview Mirrors 0c0ceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaee 2 30 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeee es 1 4 10 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing cecce 4
115. Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Front occupants should not lean on or sleep against There is an airbag the door readiness light on the amp e instrument panel cluster A which shows the airbag PN symbol A CAUTION S system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 30 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 27 CAUTION Continued for more information 1 54 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel If your vehicle has one the driver s side impact airbag is in the side of the driver s seatback closest to the door 1 56 If your vehicle has one the right front passenger s side impact airbag is in the side of
116. T 4 24 Easy Entry Seat eener iaae AREE 1 9 Electrical System Add On Equipment eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 5 94 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 0eeeee 5 95 Electrical System cont Headlamp WIG 222s s0 nceenaenrectertnesmeteaenenens 5 94 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 eee 5 95 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 94 Underhood Fuse Block eceeeeeeeeee eee 5 97 Windshield Wiper Fuses scce 5 94 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 2 0 0 0 cc ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 22 Battery cincai saadaa E EE 5 42 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 34 Coolant sciteceassesdt aes riae a E 5 26 Coolant Heater cceeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 20 Coolant Temperature Gage eceeeeeeeeee ee 3 33 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 33 Engine Compartment Overview 0 eeee 5 12 Exhaust oender ie E E 2 28 Oil S E I A E E TEA S EE E 5 17 Oil Life System sccesrosiinieeien ninenin 5 20 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 31 Overheating ccecceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 29 Starting sastsecigesdezealieciceeeernsest deaeteeeise teeters 2 19 Entry LIQWtiag keresere reepa ai 3 16 Event Data Recorders EDR sscscerccerssrrcrenn 7 9 Extender Safety Belt c ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 1 30 Ext non Lamps 2 csasreaattamedstenmiecceeaeatensteccewete tent 3 13 Filter Engine Air Cleaner
117. When it is bright enough outside the headlamps will go off and the DRL will come on As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it Fog Lamps 0 Fog Lamps If your vehicle is equipped with fog lamps it is located on the exterior lamps control The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Your ignition must be in RUN for the fog lamps to illuminate To turn the fog lamps on press exterior lamps button A light will come on in the button to let you know that the fog lamps are on Press the exterior lamps button again to turn the fog lamps off The ignition must be in RUN and the parking lamps must be on for your fog lamps to work The parking lamps will turn on automatically when you turn on the fog lamps The fog lamps will go off while you change to high beam headlamps Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness ee Instrument Panel Brightness The knob with this symbol on it is located next to the exterior lamps control Push and pull the knob out halfway and then turn the knob clockwise to brighten or counterclockwise to dim the lights Courtesy Lamps When a door is opened the courtesy lamps automatically come on They make it easy for you to enter and leave your vehicle You can also manually turn these lamps on by turning the instrument panel b
118. a Ontario L1H 8P7 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more Caribbean Islands Countries details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Islands Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V a Customer Assistance Center GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares 1 800 263 3830 C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Roadside Assistance Program Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 As the owner of a new Chevrolet vehicle you are GM Mobility Reimbursement automatically enrolled in the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance program This value added service is Prog ram intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Call Chevrolet s Roadside Assistance at 1 800 CHEV USA 1 800 243 8872 24 hours a day 365 days a year to speak with a Chevrolet Roadside Assistance GM repre
119. addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa Ontario K1A ON5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify General Motors Please call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 222 1020 or write Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33170 Detroit MI 48232 5170 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to
120. aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if your vehicle is damaged in an accident the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam headlamps may be necessary if it is difficult to see the lane markers for horizontal aim or if oncoming drivers flash their high beam headlamps at you for vertical aim If you believe your headlamps need to be re aimed it is recommend that you take the vehicle to your dealer for service Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 51 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 5 47 Headlamps Front Turn Signal To replace one of these bulbs do the following H H 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 Sidemarker and Parking Lamps PLAE E eak oe Sidemarker 2 Remove the screw from the headlamp assembly Low Beam Headlamp High Beam Headlamp Parking Turn Signal Lamp 0OW gt 5 48 Remove the headlamp plastic retainer by pulling it up Pull the headlamp assembly away from the vehicle and remove the electrical connector Remove the round dust caps to gain access to the bulbs Turn the
121. aler to have a qualified technician do the work Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your GM Goodwrench dealer do these jobs When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 6 3 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine GM parts Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine
122. an express down feature labeled AUTO This allows you to lower the window completely without holding the switch Press the front of the switch all the way down and release To stop the window while it is lowering briefly pull up on the switch Sun Visors To block out glare swing down the sun visors They can be detached from the center retainer and slid along the rod to cover different areas of the front window and rotated to cover the side windows Visor Vanity Mirror Swing down the sun visors and lift the cover to expose the vanity mirror If your vehicle has lighted vanity mirrors the lamps come on when you open the cover Do not drive with the cover lifted due to possible glare to other drivers behind or to the side of the vehicle Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have the optional content theft deterrent alarm system To activate the theft deterrent system 1 Open the door 2 Lock the door with the power door lock switch or the remote keyless entry transmitter If you are using the remote keyless entry transmitter the door does not need to be open 3 Close all doors Once armed the alarm will go off if someone tries to enter the vehicle without using the remote keyless entry transmitter or
123. anada Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts AC Delco Part Automatic Transae iter O O fO O e O o y Engine Air Cleaner Filter 10350737 o ooo Windshield Wiper Blades 21 6 inches 55 0 cm Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer s Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance I Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 000005 7 2 Online Owner Center ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 3 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone CTY US ONS aaa E raeeieiteladaass 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices cccceeeee ee 7 4 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program
124. and more enjoyable e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down your brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle and you can climb the hill better Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see hig
125. ap B Electric Engine Cooling Fans your vehicle has the 5 3L V8 engine the coolant C Coolant Recovery Tank recovery tank is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 5 32 When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at or above the cold fill line on the coolant recovery tank To check the coolant level look for the cold fill line on the side of the coolant recovery tank that faces the engine If the level is not correct there may be a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating the fans should be running If the fans are not running your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 31 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Noti
126. are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 31 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread th
127. as possible If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off 3 35 Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have
128. assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number e Mileage Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away Chevrolet Roadside Assistance 1 800 CHEV USA 1 800 243 8872 text telephone TTY users call 1 888 889 2438 Chevrolet reserves the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in Chevrolet s judgement the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Chevrolet reserves the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Canadian Roadside Assistance Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive roadside assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the United States Please refer to the Warranty and Owner Assistance Information book Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transporta
129. ather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps 4 21 Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 4 22 Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer
130. atic transaxle fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter normal service ies An Emler Cool Ff ft fe plug wires An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote n Maintenance Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine G
131. ay Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected will increase by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or FWD button To decrease press the left SEEK arrow or REV button You can also rotate the tune knob to adjust the selected setting If your vehicle has a radio with a six disc CD player the radio will have a MENU button instead of the clock button to set the time and date Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displayed press the pushbutton located under that label The HR MIN MM DD YYYY will appear on the display To change the time or date follow the instructions given earlier in this section To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year press the clock button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option Press the clock or MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 3 61 Radio with CD Base ar 103 7 FM1 ed Pe Te Te lt gt l lt 1 gt gt BAND SEEK SEEK REV FWD CD AUX Playing the Radio D Power Volume
132. ays also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules 4 20 The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss y
133. bag and side airbag if equipped if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag or airbags are off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat 1 61 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped if e the right front passenger seat is unoccupied e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e aright front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e the right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system 1 62 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s airbag or airbags the off indicator in the overhead console will light and s
134. blications Ordering Information 7 15 D Daytime Running Lamps Automatic Headlamp SYSTE enaa E E e E a N 3 14 Defensive Driving ceeeeeeeneeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 2 Delayed Entry Lighting eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Delayed Exit Lighting e eseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 16 Delayed Headlamps cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teeta eees 3 14 Displacement on Demand DoD oo 2 21 Doing Your Own Service Work 6eeeeeeee ees 5 4 Dome Lampara ERA 3 15 Door Automatic Door LOCK sasore iasadan 2 10 MOCKS riiin oraaa a E TEE inane 2 9 Door cont Power Door LOCKS orcarsorecsneriii nannat 2 10 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 11 Driver Position Safety Belt c eceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 18 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeee 3 39 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeee 3 40 DIC Vehicle Customization 0ceeeeee 3 53 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 46 Driving At NIGH sisc cieideontnoetesicaneaiss cc ies ETEN ER 4 16 CULV DESEE EE E E ETE 4 19 Defense meneere EnA n a rae E 4 2 Drunke Morina a eE a aea EE 4 3 FreQWAY ceciicisctuciedewctsehawsenb ean edee EEE 4 20 Hill and Mountain Roads eeeeeee eee 4 22 In Rain and on Wet Roads 0 2 e eeee 4 17 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 29 NVIMLOD fee tteearctticac uti necncees e cane EE
135. ce of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home ina cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They
136. ce Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 33 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank A CAUTION A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the When the coolant level in the coolant recovery tank is at proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s the cold fill line start the vehicle engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong you can try You can add the proper coolant mixture mixture your engine could get too hot but you directly to the radiator but be sure the system is cool would not get the overheat warning Your before you do it engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If the overheat warning continues there is one more thing If you have not found a problem yet but the coolant level is not at th
137. cedure Failure to follow this You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot procedure could cause your engine to overheat and engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol be severely damaged If your engine s cooling and it will burn if the engine parts are hot system needs to be drained and re filled please see enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine your dealer 1 You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling system including the pressure 3 Fill the cooling system with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 26 for more information about the proper coolant mixture RADIATOR RADIATEUR cap and upper ae aki radiator hose is no 4 Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine a S longer hot Turn and the compartment 4 moh Soe the pressure cap slowly 5 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the cold counterclockwise fill line 6 Install the coolant recovery tank cap and the pressure cap If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss 7 If the coolant in the recovery tank is constantly low means that there is still some pressure left you should have a dealership service department inspect the vehicle for leaks 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap and remove it 5 37 Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located toward the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine
138. cked 3 Ensure that the safety belts are properly stowed over the seatback in all three positions When the seat is not in use it should be kept in the upright locked position Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle Ina collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 26 and Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 27 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to w
139. cle can carry Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Vehicle Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 29 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The tire and loading information label lists the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 4 30 The Tire and Loading Information label also lists the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 54 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR
140. contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through your engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips e Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful
141. d the delayed entry lighting feature will continue to work until one of the following occurs e The ignition is in RUN e The doors are locked e An illumination period of 20 seconds has elapsed If during the illumination period a door is opened the timed illumination period will be canceled and the interior lamps will remain on Delayed Exit Lighting This feature illuminates the interior for a period of time after the key is removed from the ignition The ignition must be off for delayed exit lighting to work When the key is removed interior illumination will activate and remain on until one of the following occurs e The ignition is in RUN e The power door locks are activated e An illumination period of 20 seconds has elapsed If during the illumination period a door is opened the timed illumination period will be canceled and the interior lamps will remain on because a door is open Parade Dimming The instrument panel has an added feature called parade dimming This feature prohibits the dimming of your instrument panel displays during the daylight while the headlamps are on so that you ll still be able to see the displays Reading Lamps The reading lamps are located on the rearview mirror Press the button to turn them on and off Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle has a feature to help prevent you from draining the battery in case you accidentally leave on the interior courtesy lamps reading map lam
142. d can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 5 67 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have t
143. d after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted Q If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts A Airbags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future But they are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 30 or Infants and Young Childr
144. d in the rear bumper Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Back Up Lamp Front Parking Turn Signal Lamp 3157 Headlamps High Beam Sidemarker Lamp Stoplamps Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamp 3067 For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer 1 Remove the two screws from the back up lamp assembly 2 Pull the assembly from the rear bumper 3 Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise and pull it out 4 Pull the old bulb straight out Do not twist it 5 Push the new bulb into the socket 6 Push the socket back into the assembly Tighten the socket by turning it clockwise 7 Reinstall the assembly with the two screws 5 51 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways Here s how to remove the wiper blade 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm connector away from the windshield 5 52 While holding the wiper arm pull the clip up from the blade connecting point and pull the blade assembly down toward the windshield to remove it from the wiper arm Install the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and snap the clip down into place To remove and replace the wiper blade element do the following 1 The wiper blade element has two notches at one end which are engaged b
145. d then rapidly Proceed with Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete 2 37 Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons To erase programming from the three Universal Home Remote buttons do the following 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the two outside buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Release both buttons The Universal Home Remote is now in the training learning mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this section Individual buttons cannot be erased but they can be reprogrammed See Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button following this section 2 38 Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To program a device to Universal Home Remote using a Universal Home Remote button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired Universal Home Remote button Do not release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds While still holding the Universal Home Remote button proceed with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this sectio
146. destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs reimbursement of public transportation expenses may be available for up to a maximum of five days In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available up to a five day maximum Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum amount per day and must be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during
147. deus eedane 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release irreais io eaaa A Ea 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Olll siiwsiccscoiosata cnntasedendencametecnantnnanene 5 17 Engine Oil Life System eceeeeeeee eee eeee ees 5 20 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 22 Automatic Transaxle Fluid cece eee eee ee 5 23 Engine Coolant tscccvnaieck iann eaaa Ea 5 26 Pressure Gap siie caccdesa cnc staneedipedanetennecmenedenes 5 28 Engine Overheating ceeeeeeeeeneeeeee teens 5 29 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 31 Cooling Systemi cceeeeeeeee eee neee een eeeeeneeeeenes 5 31 Power Steering Fluid cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 38 Windshield Washer Fluid 0eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 39 BiaK Sise cnet acatinnns ected iea E 5 40 Battery erare E E A Ea A 5 42 JUMP Starting cece eee ee eee eee eee eee een eeee ed 5 43 Headlamp Aiming ccceeeeeeeenee eee eeee es 5 47 Bulb Replacement eeeeeeeneeee eee eee ee 5 47 Halogen BUDS ticcccicscetessniedcnsecatenssasetteteaveters 5 47 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps sen iecsciiniscininircnteriess 5 48 Taillamps Stoplamps and Back up Lamps 5 50 Back Up Lamps sacasvacaeiandacansdssacedinesiendaeteg nelean 5 51 Replacement B
148. dicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you a
149. doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ina crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Notice If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s frontal airbag or an airbag covering if equipped on a seatback the airbag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s frontal airbag or both the airbag module and the seatback for seating positions with a side impact airbag if equipped Do not open or break the airbag coverings 1 67 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash
150. down for five or six seconds to clear the extra gasoline from the engine After waiting about 15 seconds repeat the normal starting procedure Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 2 20 Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle may have this feature In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is attached to the underside of the diagonal brace which is located above the engine air cleaner filter assembly 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC
151. e Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote service Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive Terminal and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal Jumper Cable Removal 5 46 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the fuse block cover to its original position Headlamp Aiming Headlamp
152. e Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for five seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key 7 Proceed to the passenger s side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 8 Proceed to the passenger s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 9 Proceed to the driver s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 10 After hearing the confirming horn chirp for the driver s side rear tire the tire learning process ends Turn the ignition switch to OFF 11 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the tire and loading information label 12 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op
153. e s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If coolant needs to be added more than four times a year have your dealer check the cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant recovery tank cap has this symbol on it DEX COOL See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the coolant recovery tank The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level 5 27 When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at the cold fill line or a little higher The cold fill line is marked with the same symbol as the coolant recovery tank cap Adding Coolant If more coo
154. e 4 6 Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 8 Traction Control System TCS a e 4 9 SIEEN sameina EEA AEE 4 10 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eenes 4 13 PASSING eesmine E OE 4 13 LOSS of Control ieee oisinn eonna comes 4 14 Driving at NIGHT seisce annes minneanan ion 4 16 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 17 City Driving cessisse rea ceanr annin Reie 4 19 Driving Your Vehicle Freeway Dri VINO ccctecsnecxcacnenrinecteesteesincenebed 4 20 Before Leaving on a Long Trip asccscccereeee 4 21 Highway HYPNOSIS ccceeeeeeeeeeeee teeta eee ees 4 22 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeee eee 4 22 Winter Driving seguen inienn eoin 4 24 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud IGG Or SNOW cdicreranasrnipnai es unen ieri 4 28 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 29 Loading Your Vehicle 2 seeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 29 MOWING sexo sichdevtes ied ouereie O 4 34 Towing Your Vehicle ccseeeeeeeeeerenees 4 34 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 34 TOWING A Wallet sade ccctssicsccnenieesahgnaexserienatnceadene 4 36 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive Driving Defensive driving really means Be ready for anything On city streets rural roads or The best advice anyone can give about driving is Drive expressways it
155. e Inside of Your Vehicle 5 85 Fabric Carpet ore rearea aiao ar EES 5 87 Finish C resssioisiiraronenoiin na an deans 5 89 Finish Damages criden ities 5 91 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUNMACES orne ae a REE AAN 5 88 Leather ccrann n E 5 87 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeneeeeen tees 5 91 Mre Soane vie tereeatoes E E 5 91 Underbody Maintenance i c 5 91 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 92 Washing Your Vehicle 2 5 89 WeatherstiipS so ginnanron nia e 5 88 Windshield and Wiper Blades 060 5 90 ASIA S eeicestetateare sce dvesnd EE 3 18 Audio Systerm S ccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeaeeneeaees 3 59 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 0 3 83 Backglass Antenna ceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee ee 3 85 Care of Your CD Player eceseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 84 Audio System s cont Care of Your CDS ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneees 3 84 Radio With CD wsiccciecsicccsseesietiscesk cere 3 62 3 67 Setting the Time inssi iiis nirnsr s 3 60 3 61 Theft Deterrent Feature eeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 82 Understanding Radio Reception 0 3 83 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 85 Automatic Door LOCK cceeeeeeeeeeeeenee etre een es 2 10 Automatic Transaxle FIWIG sic cccietnd AE 5 23 Operation srs tistics E Aae EDA EREA 2 22 Backglass Antenna ce ceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee teen eens 3
156. e cold fill line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL engine coolant at the coolant recovery tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 26 for more information Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 34 A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System V6 Engines Notice Your engine has a specific radiator fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged 1 You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling system including the pressure RADIATOR RADIATEUR cap and upper 18 PSI 124 kPa radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the cap slowly counterclockwise Z p K DEX COOL SOuva Ss S O i If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap and remove it A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine pa
157. e condition of your brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump your brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If your engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle may have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid If your vehicle has ABS this warning light on the instrument panel cluster will come on briefly when you start your vehicle When you start your engine or when you begin to drive away ABS will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicki
158. e control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h When you apply your brakes cruise control is turned off A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction control system if equipped begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage 3 10 See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may turn the cruise control back on B The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel Y On Off Press this button to turn cruise control on and off The indicator will be lit when cruise control is on RES Resume Accelerate Press this button to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Press this button to set the speed or make the vehicle decelerate z Cancel Press this button to cancel cruise control Setting Cruise Control Cruise control will not work if your parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low The cruise control light on the instrument panel cluster
159. e control to this position to turn off the automatic light control Momentarily turn to this position again to turn automatic light control on again AUTO Automatic Turn the control to this position to automatically turn on the headlamps at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 300 Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights ZD Headlamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the following lamps listed below A warning chime will sound if you open the drivers door when the ignition switch is off and the headlamps are on e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 40 Fog Lamps If Equipped Push the fog lamps control in to turn on the fog lamps See Fog Lamps on page 3 15 3 13 Delayed Headlamps The delayed headlamps feature provides a period of exterior lighting as you leave the area around your vehicle The feature is activated when the headlamps are on due to the automatic headlamps control feature later described in this section and when the ignition is turned off Your headlamps will then remain on until the exterior lamps control is moved to the parking lamps position or until either a 30 second or 60 second lighting period
160. e for audio listening To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the car speakers When a device is connected the radio automatically begins playing audio from the device over the car speakers D Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You may need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device if the volume does not go loud or soft enough 3 82 BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device will continue playing so you may want to stop it or turn it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system will begin playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device foung will be displayed Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate and LOCKED will appear on the display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if
161. e manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 70 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 5 60 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the driver s door latch This label shows your vehicle
162. e of the seat near the front of the seat cushion Lift up on the lever repeatedly to increase lumbar support Push down on the lever repeatedly to decrease lumbar support Heated Seats If your vehicle has this feature the buttons that control temperature for the driver s and front passenger s seats are located on the climate control panel See Climate Control System on annans Redes CED Press the button once to warm the seat to a high temperature Both lights below the heated seat symbol will come on Press the button a second time to reduce the seat to a lower temperature The bottom light will be lit Press the button a third time to turn the heated seat off The heated seat feature will need to be turned on each time the ignition is turned off and back on again Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Your seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats Driver s Seat with Manual Lumbar Power Seat Control and Manual Recline shown To recline the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it
163. e system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes will not work well or will not work at all 5 40 So it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When your brake fluid falls to a low level your brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 31 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake system your brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake system part
164. ear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In or the instrument panel a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q Will I be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during an
165. eats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outside passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide and use the safety belt 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 1 27 2 Slide the guide under and past the belt The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 28 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Seat Passengers on page 1 25 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guides squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guides Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and in between the seatback and i
166. ect eect eee eee ik 3 37 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 28 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder 3 27 Safety Belt Reminder c cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 26 SECUN sanaire iee eiie Ean Ea EE EEEa 3 37 TCS Warning Light sseseeeeseeeeeeererereenennn 3 32 Tire POSSUPC cies 255 cea ees nni innonaiaia sena 3 34 Traction Control System TCS Warning 3 32 Lighting Delayed Entry jcc cnc atincatemevtagtiioasecmntereemtecne 3 16 Delayed Exit manerasi airen a E EEE 3 16 ENUY ipade aaia ian e a a TEE 3 16 Parade DIMMING saseisionsateanninner arman 3 17 Loading Your Vehicle seriis arrs nanena a 4 29 Lockout Protection ccccccceceeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 2 11 Locks Automatic Door LOCKk cccceeeeeeeeeeeenenes 2 10 OOF acts e E S E AN aA 2 9 Locko t ProteCtOn sreiirsiinreiiarir inia 2 11 Power DOOF ccccecceceeceeeeeteeeeaeeeeeneneenes 2 10 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 11 Loss Of Control cccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeas 4 14 Lumbar Manual Controls c 320ieiceiecelcctikecwielacteeeta 1 3 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services eeeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill cccccc cece keai 6 8 At Least Once a Month c cccceceeeeeeaees 6 9 At Least Once a Year ccccccc cece ee eeeeeeenenees 6 9 ITFOQUGTIONN osn n eae nce a E S 6 2 Maintenance Schedule cont Maintenance Foo
167. ecys 2 14 SUNMMOOP s siscdcscease dectesccsnyeyeksseveensdtaevecseanevtents 2 40 TaChOmeter oxi cssccedantnetieesieecvesleiueck ite iaiaeeees 3 26 Taillamps Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps 0 5 50 TGS Warning Eighteess sciane ees 3 32 Theft Deterrent Radio ececeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 3 82 Theft Deterrent Systems ccceeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 15 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeeeee eee ee 2 15 PASS Key Ul oo cccccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 16 PASS Key IIl Operation ccccceeeseeeeeeee 2 16 Tilt WHC Cl imena ene iana 3 6 Tire Pressure Light cisscsisscvteansrenaetananteasaacnacaeas 3 34 AEE E E e E 5 54 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 0 0es0e 5 90 Buying INOW TILES scireiiieidirdnnin pansit 5 68 CAINS areias arinn anna e EEEN EEA 5 73 Changing a Flat Tire s ecsissisisriserin eonenia 5 74 GICANING 22 sccrsietenanegcrseciaadlecbasciargenteadinots 5 91 Compact Spare Tire cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 85 Tires cont Different Size 0 cece cece eee eeeeee eects tenons 5 69 If a Tire Goes Flat s sccssciiseyeess Mavitlie is cacti ade 5 74 Inflation Tire Pressure ssnin 5 60 Inspection and Rotation cc ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 66 Installing the Spare Tire ceeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 77 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeee eee ees 5 62 Removing the Flat Tire aaisen 5 77 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
168. ed a break in attempt while you were away from your vehicle See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 15 for more information 3 51 TIGHTEN GAS CAP This message may be displayed if the gas cap is not on or is not fully tightened Check the gas cap to ensure that it is on properly See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system this message will display when the system is re learning the tire positions See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 66 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 for more information TRACTION CONTROL OFF If your vehicle has the traction control system this message will display when the traction control system turns off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 for more information This message will only display while the ignition is in RUN and will disappear after 10 seconds unless it is acknowledged or an urgent warning appears 3 52 Any of the following conditions may cause the traction control system to turn off e The traction control system is turned off by pressing the traction control button See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 for more information e The battery is low e There is a traction control system failure See your GM dealer f
169. ed for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 68 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 69 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 70 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate
170. ed into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 31 and Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 34 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 31 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light If your vehicle is equipped
171. ee Airbag System on page 1 52 Side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A side impact airbag will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or near frontal impacts For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact 1 58 What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For seating positions with side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the
172. ee Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 66 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information Compass Zone Your vehicle may have this feature Under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to compensate for compass variance and reset the zone through the DIC Compass variance is the difference between the earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance the compass in the vehicle could give false readings In order to do this the compass must be set or calibrated to the variance zone in which the vehicle is traveling 3 44 To adjust for compass variance use the following procedure Compass Variance Procedure 1 Press the vehicle information button until PRESS displays TO CHANGE COMPASS ZONE 2 Find the vehicle s current location and variance zone number on the map Zones 1 through 15 are available 3 Press the set reset button to scroll through and select the appropriate variance zone Navigate to one of the trip fuel menu screens to view the direction the vehicle is moving This will be shown in the top right corner of the DIC display 4 If you need to calibrate the compass use the compass calibration procedure See Compass Calibration Procedure following Compass Calibration The compass can be manually calibrated Only calibrate the compass in a safe location where dri
173. ee teeter eens 2 26 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Shifting Out of Park P c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 27 Doors and LOCKS cccccceeeccccceeceeeeeaeneeeees 2 9 Parking Over Things That Burn 0s 2 28 Door LOCKS c0ccccceccceeeseseeeeeceeeeeeeeeesasaeeeees 2 9 Engine Exhaust escesseeeeerteeeresertererees 2 28 Power Door LOCKS cecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 10 Running the Engine While Parked 2 29 Automatic Door LOCK siirinsesi eenei 2 10 MIO Ssn o a au E EEA 2 30 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 11 Manual Rearview Mirror ccce 2 30 Lockout Protection inctucicctescevensereds wate ieanentenes 2 11 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 30 DRUNK eaen e tiie abies NA 2 11 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 2 30 WINdOWS 0 cece eect eter eee eee ee eee een eters 2 13 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Power Windows ecciesia rennen a EER 2 14 OnStar a e ra ee eee teers reigns neat 2 31 SUN VISOPSing cnccs dansasactseatanesqentacaanitacheteseseton 2 14 Outside Power Mirrors 1c eeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 31 Outside Convex Mirror ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 32 Theft Deterrent Systems ieee 2 15 Outside Heated Mirrors cc0cccccccceeeeeeeeees 2 32 Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 15 p PASS Key ES E TAAA 2 16 OnStar System EE E A A E E eee E 2
174. eed Press the trip fuel button until AVERAGE SPEED displays This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value To reset the value press and hold the set reset button The display will return to zero Blank Display This display shows no information Vehicle Information Menu Items i Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Oil Life Press the vehicle information button until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays This display shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life If you see 99 OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display that means 99 of the current oil life remains The engine oil life system will alert you to change your oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions When the remaining oil life is low the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display See CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 You should change your oil as soon as possible See Engine Oil on page 5 17 In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Remember you must reset the OIL LIFE yourself after each oil change It will not reset its
175. eeeeeeeeeenes 5 93 V0 6s 2 30 Electrical System oo cec eee eee ee ee eens 5 94 OnStar System esenea eaii 2 32 Capacities and Specifications 5 100 Universal Home Remote System _ 2 34 Maintenance Schedule 1 ccsececeeeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Storage Areas ooo ec cc ccc cce eee ee eee ee een eenens 2 39 Maintenance Schedule o oo coc coco ccc cccccccccccccccece 6 2 Sunroof NONE ENE E NTT TTE 2 40 Customer Assistance and Information EE 7 1 Instrument Panel c cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 1 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Instrument Panel Overview ecceceeeeeeee eens 3 4 Reporting Safety Defects o eee 7 14 Climate Controls ow es 3 19 ING OX ccana Ea N G 1 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 24 Driver Information Center DIC ow ee 3 39 Audio System S ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 59 mija CHEVROLET GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CHEVROLET the CHEVROLET Emblem and the name MONTE CARLO are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Chevrolet Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if
176. eels Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your GM dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your GM dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame
177. ehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 26 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j Check throttle system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed m f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change n Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary 6 8 Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist you with these checks and
178. elf Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 Units Press the vehicle information button until UNITS displays This display allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units Tire Pressure If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system the pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC shows the tire pressure for the front tires Press the vehicle information button again to view the pressure for the rear tires If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information 3 43 Learn Tire Positions If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor the system must re learn the tire positions To re learn the tire positions see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 S
179. en on page 1 32 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index If the safety belt is not routed through the guide on the head restraint slide the edge of the belt webbing through the opening on the guide Be sure the belt is not twisted 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 30 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt W caer Ie v o ARENDS The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you wo
180. en turn off as you start to drive This may be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 for an example of the tire information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 66 and Tires on page 5 54 Notice Do not use a tire sealant if your vehicle has Tire Pressure Monitors The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure monitor sensors The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable If the system detects a missing or inoperable sensor an error message SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM will be shown on the DIC display If you have replaced a tire wheel assembly without transferring the TPMS sensors the error message will be displayed Once you re install the TPMS sensors the error message should go off See your GM dealer for service if all TPMS sensors are installed and the error message comes on and stays on 5 63 TPMS Sensor Identification Codes Each
181. ends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a Curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have four wheel anti lock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM access
182. ent drivers All of the customization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on your DIC The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in PARK P 2 Press the customization button to enter the feature settings menu If the menu is not available FEATURE SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN PARK will display Before entering the menu make sure the vehicle is in PARK P 3 53 Feature Settings Menu Items The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle DISPLAY IN ENGLISH This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English Press the customization button until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to display all DIC messages in English DISPLAY LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the customization button until the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen appears on the DIC display Press the set re
183. ents and a top tether Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 41 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the position that will accommodate a child restraint with vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child lower attachments B restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor 1 42 Some top tether equipped child restraints are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit i
184. er adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 61 Tire Pressure Monitor System Your vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS This system uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels If your vehicle has this feature sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly except for the spare tire The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper inflation pressure for those tires 5 62 As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accord
185. er for additional information on the accessory power plugs 3 17 Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment and never use anything that exceeds the amperage rating Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Notice f you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Your vehicle may have a cigarette lighter and ashtray located on the console The ashtray is removable and has a cupholder and liner underneath To remove the ashtray lift it up with the liner and pull it out Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to
186. er is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 36 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding in the button on the shift lever and pushing the shift lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 2 26 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can m
187. eration Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 5 65 Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 71 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for scheduled rotation intervals 5 66 When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See TPMS Sensor Identification Codes under Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 100 When It Is Time for New Tires A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastene
188. ership without further help contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 222 1020 In Canada contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage kilometers When contacting Chevrolet please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council o
189. es Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your GM dealer immediately 3 50 SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message will display when service is required on the brake system Have the brake system serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible The brake system warning light will also appear on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 31 SERVICE POWER STEERING This message will display when a problem is detected with the power steering system When this message is displayed you may notice that the effort required to steer the vehicle increases or feels heavier but you will still be able to steer the vehicle Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM This message will display when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your GM dealer before turning off the engine See PASS Key Ill Operation on page 2 16 for more information SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system this message will display if a part on the system is not working properly If you drive your vehicle while any of the four sensors a
190. ess the customization button until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 30 SECONDS default The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 1 MINUTE The exterior lamps will stay on for one minute 2 MINUTES The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it APPROACH LIGHTING This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the remote keyless entry transmitter Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices OFF The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter ON default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the remote keyless
191. ess the shift lever button if you have a console shift If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still cannot shift out of PARK P try this 1 Turn the ignition key to ACCESSORY 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal down until the end of Step 4 3 Shift to NEUTRAL N 4 Start the engine and shift to the drive gear you want 5 Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can 2 27 Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e Your exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly A CAUTION If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust Drive it only with all the windows down to parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not blow out any CO and park over papers leaves dry grass or other e Have your vehicle fixed immediately things that can burn 2 28 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the en
192. etup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the tune knob until the tone control labels appear on the display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting You can also adjust the highlighted setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble 3 69 To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until you hear a beep EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset e
193. ety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbags deploy A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag and side airbag if equipped if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag or airbags will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag or airbags are off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Passenger Seat on page 1 2 or Power Seat on page 1 2 If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 There is no top tether anchor in the right front passenger s position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored
194. ey also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain
195. f cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a significant loss in power and engine performance The coolant temperature gage will indicate an overheat condition exists Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 17 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see Sx tC as G Pe 3 5L V6 Engine shown 3 9L V6 Engine similar A Coolant Recovery Tank B Pressure Cap C Electric Engine Cooling Fans 5 31 A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface 5 3L V8 Engine If your vehicle has one of the V6 engines the coolant recovery tank is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle If A Pressure C
196. f Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program Online Owner Center The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner s manual United States only e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule
197. f it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title will appear on the display The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CD Rs with an adapter ring Full size CD Rs and the smaller CD Rs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 84 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking
198. f the right front passenger s airbag or airbags See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for more on this including important safety information 3 29 If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of an airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 27 3 30 Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition but the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system It could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divid
199. for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 66 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 25 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do System Check not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out T of PARK P contact your GM Goodwrench dealer A CAUTION for service Ignition Transaxle Lock Check When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn moves you or others could be injured the ignition to OFF in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P 1 Before you start be sure you have enou
200. formation on location 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the cross hatched area on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transaxle fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages V6 Engines 5 3L V8 Engine may not be covered by your warranty Always 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the use the automatic transaxle fluid listed in lower level The fluid level must be in the Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 cross hatched area 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as 4 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the described under How to Check Automatic dipstick back in all the way Transaxle Fluid earlier in this section h fluid level i ined h th How to Add Fluid 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transaxle fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 25 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remai
201. ft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player The use of CD lens cleaners for CD players is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the internal lens of the CD optics with lubricants Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception Also for proper radio reception the antenna connector at the top center of the rear window needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do
202. g For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 3 59 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added 3 60 Notice The chime signals related to safety belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the radio entertainment system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle bef
203. g Once the vehicle begins moving the trip odometer will accumulate mileage For example if the vehicle was driven 5 miles 8 km before it is started again and then the retro active reset feature is activated the display will show 5 miles 8 km As the vehicle begins moving the display will then increase to 5 1 miles 8 2 km 5 2 miles 8 4 km etc If the retro active reset feature is activated after the vehicle is started but before it begins moving the display will show the number of miles mi or kilometers km that were driven during the last ignition cycle Fuel Range Press the trip fuel button until FUEL RANGE displays This display shows the approximate number of remaining miles mi or kilometers km the vehicle can be driven without refueling The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank This estimate will change if driving conditions change For example if driving in traffic and making frequent stops this display may read one number but if the vehicle is driven on a freeway the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving If your vehicle is low on fuel the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be displayed See FUEL LEV
204. g a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle gt roni moving SEA Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in PARK P Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not The following information will tell you next how to use move you should put blocks at the front and the jack and change a tire rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 75 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the trunk 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 11 for more TA information PEIN 2 Turn the center nut on a ONN mon the compact spare tire j DNNE cover counterclockwise X to remove it Then remove the cover 4 Turn the nut holding the jack counterclockwise and remove it Then remove the jack and wrench 3 Remove the compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 85 for more information 5 76 The tools you will need to change a tire include the jack A extension and protection guide B and wheel wrench C Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire You
205. g there could be injured After you have used it be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat to be sure it is locked 5 Try to slide the entire seat back and forth to make sure the seat is locked into place Rear Seats 4 Make sure the safety belt is routed correctly through the front safety belt guide Split Folding Rear Seat If your vehicle has this feature you can fold either side of the seatback down for more cargo space Make sure the front seat is not reclined If it is the rear seatback will not fold down all the way To lower the rear seatback pull forward on the seat 3 tab located on the AN CAUTION outboard side of the seatback cushion and fold A safety belt that is improperly routed not the seatback down properly attached or twisted will not provide This will allow you direct the protection needed in a crash The person access to the trunk a wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted To raise the rear seatback follow these steps A 1 Raise the seatback up and make sure it latches CAUTION 2 Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked in position If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is lo
206. ge 5 85 Use the following as a guide for storing the compact spare tire and tools 5 84 Retainer Cover Compact Spare Tire Wing Nut Jack Wheel Wrench Extension and Protective Guide H Foam Holder Bolt Screw QOmmoom gt Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when your vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have your full size tire repaired or replaced where you want You must calibrate the tire inflation monitor system after installing or removing the compact spare See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 for more information The system may not work correctly when the compact spare is installed on the vehicle Of course it is best to replace your spare with a full size tire as soon as you can Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your
207. gh room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level e The key should come out only in OFF surface Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake required on page 2 25 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing Park P Mechanism Check downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With Z CAUTION the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the When you are doing this check your vehicle marine brake only y could begin to move You or others could be g e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the brake regular brake at once should the vehicle begin ot to move Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collec
208. gine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 24 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P on page 2 26 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 4 36 2 29 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Adjust all the mirrors so you can see clearly when you are sitting in a comfortable driving position To reduce glare from headlamps behind you pull the lever at the bottom of the mirror toward you to the
209. go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 Dirt and water can too Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructi
210. gory name is displayed 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Rotate the tune knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the right or left SEEK buttons to go to the next or previous XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Rotate the tune knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed appears on the display 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category is displayed or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio will not allow you to remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 kmh Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured
211. h it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM Goodwrench E Accessories Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work
212. has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 85 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 74 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread 5 56 C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a t
213. he manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock the vehicle 2 9 From the outside use your key in the driver s door or the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 From the inside use the manual or power door locks To manually unlock the driver s door from the outside insert the key and turn it toward the front of the vehicle To manually lock the driver s door from the outside insert the key and turn it toward the rear of the vehicle To lock a door from the inside push the manual lock lever forward To unlock a door push the
214. he transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 e If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry System Operation The vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked and the trunk can be unlatched from about 3 feet 1 m up to 65 feet 20 m away with the remote keyless entry transmitter If your vehicle has the remote start feature you can also start your vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter Your remote keyless entry transmitter with the remote start button provides an increased range of 195 feet 60 m away However the range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry System on page 2 3 SAN OW gt a Remote Keyless Entry with Remote Start Remote Keyle
215. he elapsed time of the file will appear on the display gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file will appear on the display 3 80 RDM Random With random you can listen to MP3 files on the CD R in random rather than sequential order on one CD R or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files from the CD R you are listening to in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc is displayed Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs is displayed Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player will scan the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It may take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R The radio may begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R will begin play
216. he surface of the mirror when the rear window defogger buttin is on Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 3 22 Outlet Adjustment Use the knob located below or to the side of the outlet to change the direction of the air flow eer Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside your vehicle more effectively e lf the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter if equipped may need to replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 23 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Your vehicle has a passenger compartment particulate air filter It is located underneath the hood just below the windshield wiper arm on the passenger s side of the vehicle underneath the air inlet grille The filter traps most of the pollen from air entering the climate control system Like the engine s air cleaner filter it ma
217. he vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Insert the safety belt into the guide on the head restraint by sliding the webbing through the opening on the guide 1 52 Airbag System Your vehicle has a frontal airbag for the driver and a frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have side impact airbags Side impact airbags are available for the driver and right front passenger If your vehicle has a side impact airbag for the driver and the right front passenger the word AIRBAG will appear on the airbag covering on the side of the seatback closest to the door Frontal airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating frontal airbag But these airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job and comply with federal regulations Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not weari
218. he way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 89 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 34 The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 34 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the co
219. hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 34 If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel
220. hen trying to start the vehicle the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 95 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance It is possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to nine additional keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new additional key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the original already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to OFF and remove the
221. hicle is in Maximum engine speed is limited on automatic transaxle vehicles while you are in PARK P or NEUTRAL N to protect driveline components from improper operation There are several different positions for the shift lever PARK P This position locks your front wheels It is the best position to use when the engine is started because your vehicle cannot move easily 2 22 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 36 Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P while the ignition is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK P while keeping the brake pedal pushed down Release the shift lever button if you have a console shift Then move the shift lever out of PARK P See Shifting Out of Park P on page 2 27 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while y
222. hicle when it is jacked up is Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you positioned can damage the vehicle and even could be badly injured or killed Never get make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal under a vehicle when it is supported only injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the by a jack jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 5 79 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire 4 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the compact spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well of the vehicle 5 Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire 5 80 7 Install the compact spare tire A CAUTION A CAUTION Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serio
223. high speed wiping turn the band further to the second solid band past the delay settings To stop the wipers move the band to off 2 High Speed For high speed wiping turn the band further to the second solid band past the delay settings O Off To stop the wipers move the band to off Windshield Washer At the top of the multifunction lever there s a paddle with the windshield washer symbol on it To spray washer fluid on the windshield push the paddle The wipers will run for several sweeps and then either stop or return to your preset speed The ignition key must be in ACCESSORY or RUN for this to work See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 39 A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When you are low on washer fluid a message will be illuminated in the Driver Information Center DIC for 60 seconds When the ignition is turned off a message will appear again for three seconds as a reminder that the fluid level is low For more information on DIC messages see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 The washer fluid message will no longer display when the washer fluid reservoir has been filled Cruise Control With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruis
224. houlder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 5 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 6 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock T To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag or airbags are off the off indicator on the overhead console will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to RUN or START 1 51 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline t
225. ht of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly 4 36 That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat What s more the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls e Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged
226. hway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action 4 23 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Also see Tires on page 5 54 4 24 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid drivi
227. i 3 38 Speedometer sosrresernimereeneanireensann 3 26 Tachometer srei eroe e S A 3 26 Garage Door Opener ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 34 Gasoline Octane a ainada nnna n e E r a seteeds 5 5 Specifications seisseen anoni na ain 5 5 Glove BOX sciivetesiatiesidiationeivienlaniaksthes 2 39 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 6 5 7 5 Hazard Warning Flashers s seceeeeeeeeee eee eee 3 6 Head Restraints smrscs inise ies ee ieena 1 7 Headlamp AMINO oeira a deel enneress 5 47 Headlamp WINg ccccccceccseeesececenteseeterteeeenens 5 94 Headlamps Bulb Replacement eeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeees Daytime Running Lamps Automatic Headlamp System ccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees Delayed 6 20 2 sietesatwctncntaa aaun ceded EAE Flash to Pass Halogen Bulbs Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps eseeeeeeeeeeeee ees High Low Beam Changer 0 ceeeeeeneeeeenes Heated Seats ctscnscistarisbevevartalaevieatieesiceadieiee Heater orrs enion anna a EEEE Highbeam On Light eseiien iirinn Highway HYPNOSIS sssi isss iinnss iisrinrnaniesses Hill and Mountain Roads n e Hood Checking Things Under e eeeeeeeeeeee REICASE hocr a a EERE FIOM EIEE E EEE T E E EEE otad How to Use This Manual cccceeeeeeeeeeees How to Wear Safety Belts Properly Ignition POSITIONS y i 22 c ccecevesiccces cakekecieanctcenanteas Infants and Y
228. ice and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 5 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number drivers license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries
229. idelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 70 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 5 55 5 OXXXXX GSg _ Es My ee EA Noyan gt G S 3 gt 2 a 8 z7 Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle
230. idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information This message will display when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE Notice f you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 for more information This message will display along with a continuous chime when the engine has overheated Stop and turn the engine off immediately to avoid severe engine damage See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 3 48 ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message will display when the vehicle s engine power is reduced Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your GM dealer for service as soon as possible ERROR This message will display while viewing the odometer or trip odometers if there is a problem with the instrument panel clu
231. ifies your engine You will find the VIN at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 93 If your vehicle has the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code K only you may use either regular unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85 ethanol E85 also see Fuel E85 85 Ethanol on page 5 6 In all other engines use only regular unleaded gasoline Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has a V6 engine use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you may notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service If your vehicle has the 5 3L V8 engine VIN Code C use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You may also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration may be slightly reduced and you may notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you may notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you
232. in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 28 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your overhead console has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIR BAG l A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you use remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbags depl
233. ing safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 1 18 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seat positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 1 25 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let
234. ing again Once the disc has been scanned the player will default to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist are played the player will move to the next artist in alphabetic order on the CD R and begin playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button You will go to the next or previous artist in alphabetic order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist is displayed To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the album name is displayed on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album will begin to play Once all songs from that album are played the player will move to the next album in alphabetic order on the CD R and begin playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while liste
235. ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS will illuminate the low tire pressure warning symbol on the instrument panel cluster and at the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning symbol on the instrument panel cluster and the check tire pressure message will appear at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 The tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and th
236. ings menu will be exited when any of the following occurs e The vehicle is shifted out of PARK P e The vehicle is no longer in RUN e The trip fuel or vehicle information DIC buttons are pressed e The end of the feature settings menu is reached and exited e A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe drivin
237. ion through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty
238. ires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 55 for additional information 5 68 A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 85 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires wi
239. is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving 1 6 Head Restraints Press the button on the side of the head restraint to lower it Adjust your head restraint so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of your head This po
240. is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag and side airbag if equipped if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that CAUTION Continued 1 40 CAUTION Continued rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag or airbags are off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint ina rear seat A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the right front passenger s airbag if it inflates Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in the rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child re
241. iscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for your engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to your oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you will need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer sy
242. it go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 30 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part 1 26 PS S f ZN lt gt Be j or 4 3 or Se Kase ESA N PANSA Y ARAZ a rd ASS PEN E J The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster s
243. it wheel spin This light will flash when your Traction Control System is limiting wheel spin See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 32 A ee You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control Light on page 3 38 The Traction Control System operates in all transaxle shift lever positions But the system can upshift the transaxle only as high as the shift lever position you ve chosen so you should use the lower gears only when necessary See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2 22 The SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL message will appear in the Driver Information DIC to let you know if there is a problem with the system See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 When this message appears the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the Traction Control System on But you can turn the system off if you ever need to You should turn the system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 28 To turn the system
244. lable for children with special needs A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant ina rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured in appropriate child restraints 1 35 Child Restraint Systems An infant car bed A a special bed made for use ina motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant
245. lant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank but be careful not to spill it If the coolant recovery tank is completely empty add coolant to the radiator See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 A CAUTION Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly With the coolant recovery tank you will almost never have to add coolant at the radiator Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot 5 28 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Occasionally check the coolant level in the radiator For information on how to add coolant to the radiator see Cooling System on page 5 31 Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating There is a coolant temperature gage and a warning light on the instrument panel that indicate an overheated engine condition See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 33 and Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 33 In additio
246. llision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If an Accident Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to pol
247. ly Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the cruise speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down Of course applying the brake takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control There are three ways to end cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Press the cancel button on the steering wheel e Press the on off button on the steering wheel Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Exterior Lamps The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel It controls the following systems e Headlamps e Taillamps e Parking Lamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights e Fog Lamps if equipped The exterior lamps control has four positions D Off Momentarily turn th
248. m with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 5 43 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries Find the positive and negative terminal locations on each vehicle You will not need to access your battery for jump starting Your vehicle has a remote positive jump starting terminal for that p
249. made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 3 36 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your GM dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could
250. main Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information 3 55 Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices LIGHTS OFF The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it EXIT LIGHTING If it is dark enough outside this feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on This happens after the vehicle is unlocked using the remote keyless entry transmitter or if the vehicle key is turned to OFF from RUN 3 56 Pr
251. may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for service Fuel E85 85 Ethanol The 8th digit of your vehicle identification number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies your engine You will find the VIN at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 93 If your vehicle has the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code K only you may use either regular unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85 ethanol E85 also see Fuel on page 5 4 In all other engines including the 3 5L V6 VIN Code N use only regular unleaded gasoline Only vehicles that have the 3 5L V6 engine VIN Code k may use 85 ethanol fuel E85 General Motors encourages the use of E85 in vehicles that are designed to use it The ethanol in E85 is a renewable fuel meaning it is made from renewable sources such as corn and other crops Many service stations will not have an 85 ethanol fuel E85 pump available The U S Department of Energy has an alternative fuels website http www eere energy gov afdc infrastructure locator html that can help you find E85 fuel Those stations that do have E85 should have a label indicating ethanol content Do not use the fuel if the ethanol content is greater than 85 At a minimum E85 should meet ASTM Specification D 5798 To ensure quick starts in the wintertime the E85 fuel must be f
252. ming Customization Press this button to customize the feature settings on your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 for more information V Set Reset Press this button to set or reset certain functions and to turn off or acknowledge messages on the DIC Trip Fuel Menu Items ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Odometer Press the trip fuel button until ODOMETER displays This display shows the distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km Trip A and Trip B Press the trip fuel button until TRIP A or TRIP B displays This display shows the current distance traveled in either miles mi or kilometers km since the last reset for each trip odometer Both trip odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing the set reset button while the desired trip odometer is displayed The trip odometer has a feature called the retro active reset This can be used to set the trip odometer to the number of miles kilometers driven since the ignition was last turned on This can be used if the trip odometer is not reset at the beginning of the trip To use the retro active reset feature press and hold the set reset button for at least two seconds The trip odometer will display the number of miles mi or kilometers km driven since the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle was movin
253. move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen Q What is wrong with this pal es KS NS SS a SDS gt N KZ ae c The belt is twisted across the body A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it 1 23 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 1 24 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to mak
254. much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer r
255. n For additional information on Universal Home Remote see Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 4 Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box lift up on the lever Cupholder s Your vehicle is equipped with cupholders located between the front seats and in the rear seat armrest Center Console Storage Area The console has cupholders and a storage area To open the console s storage area press the latch located toward the front of the console lid on the driver s side of the vehicle Rear Seat Armrest Your vehicle has a rear seat armrest with cupholders To access pull the tab on the armrest forward Convenience Net The vehicle may have a convenience net located on the back wall of the trunk The net is not for larger heavier loads Store those in the trunk as far forward as possible Unhook the net so that it will lie flat when not in use 2 39 Sunroof If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof the sunroof switches are located on the overhead console The sunroof can only be operated when the ignition is in ACCESSORY RUN or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 19 2 40 A Vent Express Open To vent the sunroof when it is closed press this switch once When using the vent the sunshade should be fully opened The sunshade can be opened or closed manually by sliding it rearward or forward From the vent position press this swi
256. n you will find an ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE and an ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE message displayed on the vehicle s Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 for more information If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 31 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 31 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 29 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An overheat warning can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious S
257. n and the outside air temperature when viewing the trip and fuel information The compass direction appears on the top right corner of the DIC display The outside air temperature automatically appears in the bottom right corner of the DIC display If there is a problem with the system that controls the temperature display the numbers will be replaced with dashes If this occurs have the vehicle serviced by your GM dealer The DIC also allows some features to be customized See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 for more information 3 39 DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel to the right of the instrument panel cluster DIC Buttons The buttons are the trip fuel vehicle information customization and set reset buttons The button functions are detailed in the following pages ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to display the odometer trip odometers fuel range average economy instantaneous economy Displacement on Demand DoD indicator on vehicles with this feature and average speed 3 40 i Vehicle Information Press this button to display the oil life units tire pressure readings and Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system programming on vehicles with a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system compass zone and compass calibration on vehicles with this feature and remote keyless entry transmitter program
258. n in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating or if you need to add coolant to the radiator see Engine Overheating on page 5 29 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should 5 26 Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicl
259. n release Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming The Universal Home Remote should now activate your rolling code equipped device To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 of Programming Universal Home Remote You do not want to repeat Step 1 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons Gate Operator and Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during programming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 3 under Programming Universal Home Remote with the following Continue to press and hold the Universal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicator light will flash slowly at first an
260. n the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 39 for additional information 1 44 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the ZN CAUTION top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the the following steps vehicle is designed to hold only one child 2 1 Find the top tether anchor restraint Attaching more than one child 2 2 Route attach and tighten the top tether restraint to a single anchor could cause the according to your child restraint instructions anchor or attachment to come loose or even and the following instructions break during a crash A child or others could If the position you are be injured if this happens To help prevent using does not have a injury to people and damage to your vehicle head restraint and you are attach only one child restraint per anchor using a single tether route the tether over the seatback 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual
261. n you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens 3 24 Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there s a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on when you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They re a big help Your vehicle may also have a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warning lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 39 Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel is in your tank and many other things you need to drive safely and economically BEBEB REE HBEEBE BERBERS RRERRB PRINGLE United States Uplevel shown Base and Canada similar 3 25 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in either miles used in
262. nce In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 5 for more information Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If your vehicle is equipped with the OnStar system with an active subscription and you lock your keys inside the vehicle OnStar may be able to send a command to unlock your vehicle See OnStar System on page 2 32 for more information Remote Keyless Entry System The remote keyless entry system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause interference e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause interference e This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If t
263. nd because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need additional wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working
264. nd the information about that label will be displayed While information is not available No Info will appear on the display Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set will return 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio s
265. ng Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 39 Battery See Battery on page 5 42 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 97 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 43 Pressure Cap See Pressure Cap on page 5 28 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 38 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 17 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 17 Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 5 23 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 40 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 22 Coolant Recovery Tank See Checking Coolant under Cooling System on page 5 31 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cl
266. ng noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking
267. ng on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Traction control improves your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even though your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you may want to turn the traction control system off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 Unless you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS you will want to brake very gently too If you do have ABS see Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether you have ABS or not you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can 4 25 Remember unless you have ABS if you brake so hard that your wheels stop rolling you will just slide Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer e Whatever your braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered
268. ng your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 53 CAUTION Continued belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you
269. night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations will boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio 3 83 FM Stereo FM stereo will give the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO SIGNAL to indicate interference 3 84 Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a so
270. night position To return the mirror back to the day position push the lever away from you There are two lamps located on the bottom of the mirror Press the button next to each lamp to turn it on and off Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar If the vehicle has this mirror it has a lever located at the bottom of the mirror between the two lamps The lever is used to change the mirror from the day to the night position To reduce glare from headlamps behind you while driving at night pull the lever toward you To return the mirror to the day position return the lever to its original position 2 30 There are two map lamps located on the bottom of the mirror Press the button next to each lamp to turn it on and off There are also OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror face See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 32 for more information about the services OnStar provides Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror Your vehicle may be equipped with an automatic dimming rearview mirror Push the center button on the bottom of the mirror to turn this feature on The mirror will darken gradually to reduce glare from headlamps behind you This may take a few moments The mirror will lighten whenever you shift to REVERSE R There are two lamps located on the bottom of the mirror Press the button next to each lamp to turn it on and off One
271. ning to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number will appear on the display while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system will automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device found will be displayed CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There may have been a problem while burning the CD e The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD 3 81 If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer while reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate You can connect an external audio device such as an iPod MP3 player CD changer or cassette player to the auxiliary input jack for use as another sourc
272. nt passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more This chime and light will be repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 9 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensors the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 52 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N 3 27 If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate
273. ntainer can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or A CAUTION on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the Things that burn can get on hot engine parts inside of the fill opening before operating and start a fire These include liquids like fuel the nozzle Contact should be maintained oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and until the filling is complete other fluids and plastic or rubber You or e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the interior hood release handle with this symbol on it It is located to the left of the parking brake pedal 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the secondary hood latch located near the center of the hood front by pushing the latch to the right 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close i
274. nterior body leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are located on the retractor part of the safety belts They help the safety belts reduce a person s forward movement in a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 68 1 29 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender It is free When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 30 Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap sho
275. ock the cover in place 5 22 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transaxle Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transaxle Fluid A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 How to Check Automatic Transaxle Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealership service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage the transaxle Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too lit
276. of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car ti
277. off or on press the traction control button located near the exterior lamp control When you turn the system off a chime will sound and a TRACTION CONTROL OFF message will appear in the DIC If the Traction Control System is limiting wheel spin when you press the button to turn the system off the traction control system warning light will come on and the system will turn off right away You can turn the system back on at any time by pressing the button again The Traction Control System warning light should go off Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve dep
278. oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 20 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance
279. old bulb counterclockwise and remove it from the retaining ring by pulling it away from the headlamp Remove the electrical connector from the bulb by raising the lock tab and pulling the connector away from the bulb s base 8 9 10 Install the electrical connector to the bulb Install the new bulb by inserting the smallest tab on the bulb base into the matching notch in the retaining ring Turn the bulb a quarter turn clockwise until it stops Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to reinstall the headlamp assembly When you reinstall the headlamp assembly make sure to line up the pin in the headlamp assembly with the slot in the vehicle 5 49 Taillamps Stoplamps and Back up Lamps A Rear Sidemarker Lamp B Taillamp Turn Signal and Stoplamp C Taillamp To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 11 for more information Remove the convenience net if your vehicle has one and then remove it by unhooking the upper wing nut 5 50 Pull the carpet away from the rear of the vehicle Remove the two hex nuts Pull the assembly from the vehicle Remove the bulb socket To do so press the tab turn it counterclockwise and pull it out Pull the old bulb out Do not twist it Push the new bulb into the bulb socket Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to reinstall the taillamp assembly Back Up Lamps Replacement Bulbs The back up lamps are locate
280. olling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals e If you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but th
281. ometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If an overheat warning occurs without any sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 2 Set the heater at the highest setting and the fan at the highest speed and open the windows as necessary 5 30 If the overheat warning no longer exists the vehicle can be driven Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on the vehicle can be driven normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park the vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still there turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This emergency operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency situation If an overheated engine condition exists an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups o
282. omplies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system This means you do not have to do anything special to arm or disarm the system It works when you transition the key to RUN ACCESSORY or START from the OFF position When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes If the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument panel comes on w
283. on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change your oil prior to a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset To reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message do the following procedures 1 Turn the ignition to RUN with the engine off 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message flashes the system is reset However if it stays on it did not reset Repeat the procedure 3 Turn the key to OFF If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or in
284. ons for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Your vehicle has anti lock brakes Do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both brake systems won t work well or at all 4 39 Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns 4 40 Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer A
285. onsult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 5 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be
286. ontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts these airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 12 to 18 mph 19 to 29 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 22 mph 29 to 35 4 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform 1 57 e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Your vehicle may or may not have side impact airbags S
287. or service TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE This message will display when the transaxle fluid in your vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until it cools down If the warning message continues to display have the vehicle serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible TRUNK OPEN This message will display when the trunk is not closed completely You should make sure that the trunk is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 11 TURN SIGNAL ON This message will display as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive your vehicle for more than about 0 75 mile 1 2 km with a turn signal on See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 This message displays and a chime sounds only when the ignition is in RUN The message will not disappear until the turn signal is manually turned off or a turn is completed WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID This message will display when the windshield washer fluid is low Fill the windshield washer reservoir as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the windshield washer reservoir Also see Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 39 for more information DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle has customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two differ
288. ore installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 19 for more information Setting the Time Without Date Display If your vehicle has a base AM FM radio with a single CD player and preset buttons numbered one through six the radio will have a clock button for setting the time You can set the time by following these steps 1 Press the clock button until the hour numbers begin flashing on the display Press the clock button a second time and the minute numbers will begin flashing on the display 2 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing rotate the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the time Instead of using the tune knob you can also press the SEEK FWD or REV buttons to adjust the time 3 Press the clock button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing will stop after five seconds and the current time displayed will be automatically set Setting the Time With Date Display If your vehicle has a radio with a single CD player the radio will have a clock button for setting the time and date Press the clock button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year will appear on the displ
289. ored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter 5 89 Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn 5 90 Aluminum Wheels Notice If you
290. ories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes but unless you have anti lock brakes not enough to lock your wheels See Braking on page 4 6 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find
291. ormulated properly for your climate according to ASTM specification D 5798 If you have trouble starting on E85 it may be because your E85 fuel is not properly formulated for your climate If this happens switching to gasoline or adding gasoline to your fuel tank may improve starting Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a mixture of gasoline and E85 fuel For good starting and heater efficiency below 32 F 0 C the fuel mix in the fuel tank should contain no more than 70 ethanol E85 has less energy per gallon than gasoline so you will need to refill your fuel tank more often when using E85 than when you are using gasoline Regular unleaded gasoline is recommended when pulling a trailer For payload capacity with ethanol fuel see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Notice Some additives are not compatible with E85 fuel and may harm your fuel system Damage caused by additives would not be covered by your new vehicle warranty Do not use additives with E85 fuel Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previo
292. osts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage If you are not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 43 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt syste
293. oth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil TAK X XX mand Kew Y E O ie A WE V6 Engine po REE aaas V8 Engine If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick you will need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 100 5 18 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged 7 AAAA SAE 5W 30 AR See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range in the cross hatched area Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER eile LOOK FOR ee THIS SYMBOL 80 AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the v
294. otice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark trunk release handle located on the latch inside the trunk This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle to open the trunk from the inside Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 2 13 Power Windows The switches on the driver s door are used to control both windows The passenger s window has a switch also a a Driver s Switches shown The power window switches work while the ignition is in RUN ACCESSORY or while Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 19 To lower the window press and hold the front of the switch to the first position until the window is at the desired level To raise the window pull up and hold the front of the switch Express Down Window The driver s window switch has
295. oung Children Restraints Inflation Tire Pressure cccceeeceee eee eee teens Instrument Panel OVEIVIEW cscccesieiesssnticdecensidecsecsteadecentecseet ets 3 4 Instrument Panel I P BriQhtn Ss aon i eoi a ii 3 15 AEE E E 3 25 JUMP Starting cceceeeee eee eeceeceeee ects eeeeenees 5 43 Keyless Entry System 0 cc eceececeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 KROYS rnern meeenga a En aa 2 2 Labeling Tire Sidewall ccceceeeeeeeeeees 5 55 Lamps Battery Run Down Protection 006 3 17 COUMES Y Soro dena ticenctccnececcmenseoseraneventaasanonthatas 3 15 DOME rererere eE e E E EEY 3 15 EXIGNON sironnan E E e 3 13 Lamps cont FOG aereaea a EA 3 15 Readingi acesa aa aa a A R ees 3 17 LATCH System Child Restraints c 0 cciets cctsieiencnticaneaccheedeatene 1 41 Latches Seatback ccccccccccceeeceeeeseeeaeeeeeees 1 8 Light Airbag Readiness ceeeeeeeeeeeeee tensa eees 3 27 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 00 3 32 Brake System Warning cceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 31 Charging SYSt6M s2cccc cieeecedastaeeidecienneesaeeinns 3 30 Cruise Control cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 3 38 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 33 Fog llamp srce iraran au enaA 3 38 PHighbeam QM csciccaceubtere onesna narin 3 38 Malfunction Indicator ceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee 3 34 Oil PreSSUIE eee ee cece e
296. our exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it Keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 27 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution 4 28 A CAUTION If you let your tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured
297. our exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid s the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e We
298. our vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 28 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while the engine is running at high speed may damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speeds when shifting your vehicle AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D This position is for normal driving If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator pedal all the way down You will shift down to the next gear and have more power Notice lf your vehicle
299. ove the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked in PARK P Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transaxle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P on page 2 26 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push your vehicle a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is in RUN See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2 22 If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK P while keeping the brake pedal pushed down Release the shift lever button if you have a console shift Then move the shift lever out of PARK P being sure to pr
300. oy A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint whenever possible If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s airbag or airbags are enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned of
301. oyment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called event data recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants 7 9 To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigat
302. p EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button You will hear a beep and Ejecting Disc will be displayed Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc will appear on display The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD will be automatically pulled back into the player and begin playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing Ki SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player will continue moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display RDM Random With random you can listen to the tracks in random rather than sequential o
303. pen instead If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject CD R s To eject the CD R that is currently playing press and release this button You will hear a beep and Ejecting Disc will be displayed Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc will appear on display The CD R can be removed If the CD R is not removed after several seconds the CD R will be automatically pulled back into the player and begin playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs 3 79 J Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R currently playing Ki SEEK I Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player will continue moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file T
304. people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinker s body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking e The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hou
305. peration is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes and modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 If you have a newer garage door opener with rolling codes please be sure to follow Steps 6 through 8 to complete the programming of your Universal Home Remote Transmitter Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming steps Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also recommended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Universal
306. plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather 5 87 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never
307. ppear on the display gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display RDM Random With random you can listen to CD tracks in random rather than sequential order To use random do the following 1 Press this button to play tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order The random icon will appear on the display 2 Press this button again to turn off random play The random icon will disappear from the display RPT Repeat With repeat one track or an entire CD can be repeated played over and over To use repeat do the following e To repeat the track you are listening to press and release the RPT button An arrow symbol will appear on the display Press RPT again to turn off repeat play e To repeat the CD you are listening to press and hold the RPT button for a few seconds An arrow symbol will appear on the display Press RPT again to turn off repeat play When repeat is off the symbol is no longer displayed i Information Press this button to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD will remain safely inside
308. proximately one second to release the trunk lid The transaxle must be in PARK P for this feature to operate 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release this button to locate your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound three times Press and hold this button for more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound repeatedly for 30 seconds The alarm will turn off when the ignition is moved to RUN or the alarm button is pressed again The ignition must be in OFF for the panic alarm to work Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your GM dealer Remember to bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle The vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it See Remote Key under D C Operation and Displays on page 3 40 Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your remote keyless entry transmitter should last about four years You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works
309. ps visor vanity lamps trunk lamp or glove box lamps If you leave any of these lamps on they will automatically turn off after 10 minutes if the ignition is off The lamps won t come back on again until you do the following e Turn the ignition on e Turn the exterior lamps control off then on again If your vehicle has less than 15 miles 25 km on the odometer the battery saver will turn off the lamps after only three minutes Battery rundown protection will also work if the headlamps are left on After having been left on for 10 minutes the headlamps and the parking lamps will flash three times They will remain on for one more minute before turning off automatically Accessory Power Outlet s Your vehicle has a two 12 volt outlets which can be used to plug in electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone a compact disc player etc One is located at the front of the console and the other is located at the rear of the console Lift the cover to access the outlet When not using the outlet make sure the protective cover is in place Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating Certain accessory power plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your deal
310. qualization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual appears on the display or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the tune knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the tune knob until the speaker control labels appear on the display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting You can also adjust the highlighted setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position 3 70 To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until you hear a beep Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations while the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency is displayed Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired cate
311. r Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND CAUTION SHOULDER BELTS TO MASTER Cy ENGINE rae TIRE POSSIBLE PROTECT OCCUPANT KOHTING COOLANT PRESSURE INJU
312. r the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent 4 4 A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chan
313. r the front or rear axle If the vehicle is going to carry a heavy load spread it out Do not carry more than 167 lbs 76 kg in the trunk A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle 4 33 If things like suitcases tools packages or anything else are put inside the vehicle they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 4 34 Towing Towing Your Vehicle C
314. r the single zone system 3 Air Conditioning Press this button to turn the air conditioning system on or off When A C is pressed an indicator light will come on to let you know that the air conditioning has been activated On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select the vent mode Select the outside air Select A C Select the coolest temperature for both zones Select the highest fan speeds Once the vehicle s interior temperature is below the outside temperature select recirculation mode for enhanced cooling Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of your vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air inside of your vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off oa pon The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air SO you may sometimes notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of the windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your
315. r vehicle may have aluminum wheels If so you will see exposed stainless steel wheel nuts Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet Or your vehicle may have steel wheel covers To remove the steel wheel covers and wheel nut caps loosen the plastic nut caps with the wheel wrench in a counterclockwise direction If needed you can finish loosening them with your fingers The plastic nut caps will not come off 5 77 Use the flat end of the wheel wrench and pry along the edge of the cover until it comes off The edge of the wheel cover could be sharp so do not try to remove it with your bare hands Do not drop the cover or lay it face down as it could become scratched or damaged Once you have removed the wheel cover use the following procedure to remove the flat tire and install the spare tire 1 Turn the wheel wrench once on each wheel nut to loosen them Do not remove them yet 2 For all wheel types find the jacking location using the diagram above and the corresponding hoisting notches located in the plastic molding The notches in the plastic molding are marked with a triangle shape to help you find them The front location is about 7 inches 17 7 cm from the rear edge of the front wheel well The rear location is about 8 5 inches 21 6 cm from the rear edge of the wheel well 3 Put the compact spare tire near you 5 78 A CAUTION A CAUTION Getting under a ve
316. ractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 41 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 39 In addition your vehicle has the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and side impact airbag if equipped when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 28 for more information on this including important saf
317. rder on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following e Press the CD AUX button or for a single CD player insert a disc partway into the slot of the CD player A RDM label will appear on display To play the tracks from the single CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc is displayed Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play 3 75 e Press the CD AUX button or for a six disc CD player press and hold the LOAD button You will hear a beep and Load All Discs will be displayed Insert one or more discs partway into the slot of the CD player To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs is displayed Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number will appear on the display when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system will automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device found will be displayed 3 76 Using an MP3
318. re far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane 4 14 Remember that your passenger side outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is e Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn e If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too
319. re missing or inoperable the warning will come on in about 10 minutes A sensor would be missing for example if you put different wheels on your vehicle without transferring the sensors If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPM See your GM dealer SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL If your vehicle has the traction control system this message will display when the system is not functioning properly A warning light will also appear on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 32 See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 9 for more information Have the traction control system serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible SERVICE TRANSMISSION This message will display when there is a problem with the transaxle See your GM dealer for service SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This message will display when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have the vehicle serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible STARTING DISABLED SERVICE THROTTLE This message will display if the starting of the engine is disabled due to the electronic throttle control system Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately This message will only appear while the ignition is in RUN and will not disappear until the problem is resolved This message cannot be acknowledged THEFT ATTEMPTED This message will display if the content theft deterrent system has detect
320. res must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance If you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces 5 71 If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them onl
321. ressure condition exists See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle is equipped with a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warran
322. rightness control clockwise all the way The reading lamps located on the rearview mirror can be turned on or off independent of the automatic courtesy lamps when the doors are closed Dome Lamp The dome lamp will come on when you open a door You can also turn this lamp on by turning the instrument panel brightness control clockwise 3 15 Entry Lighting Your vehicle may have the entry lighting feature Your courtesy lamps will come on and stay on for a set time whenever you press UNLOCK on the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped If you open a door the lamps will stay on while it s open and then turn off automatically about 25 seconds after you close it If you press UNLOCK and don t open a door the lamps will turn off after about 40 seconds Illuminated entry includes a feature called theater dimming With theater dimming the lamps don t just turn off at the end of the delay time Instead they slowly dim after the delay time until they go out The delay time is canceled if you turn the ignition key to RUN or press the power door lock switch When the ignition is on illuminated entry is inactive which means the courtesy lamps won t come on unless a door is opened Delayed Entry Lighting Delayed entry lighting illuminates the interior for a period of time after all the doors have been closed The ignition must be off for delayed entry lighting to work Immediately after both doors have been close
323. ring warmer outside temperatures If your vehicle does not have an outside temperature display during remote start the climate control system will turn on at the setting the vehicle was set to when the vehicle was last turned off Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example requiring a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel Your remote keyless entry transmitter with the remote start button provides an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry System on page 2 3 for additional information Q Remote Start Press and release the lock button and then press and hold this button to use the remote start feature To start the vehicle using the remote start feature do the following 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button until the turn signal lights flash or if the vehicle s lights are not visible press and hold the
324. rs or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 66 1 64 A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the Servicing Your Airbag Equipped airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person Vehicle performing work for you is qualified to do so Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 1 65 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Ye
325. rts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 3 Fill the radiator with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 26 for more information about the proper coolant mixture 5 35 4 Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine and the compartment 3 9L V6 Engine shown 3 5L V6 Engine similar 5 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the cold fill line 6 Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank but leave the pressure cap off 5 36 10 Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck Then replace the pressure cap At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck reinstall the pressure cap Be sure the cap is hand tight and fully seated Check the coolant in the recovery tank The level in the coolant recovery tank should be at the cold fill line when the engine is cold How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System 5 3L V8 Engine Z CAUTION Notice Your engine has a specific cooling system drain and fill pro
326. s has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We therefore recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat 1 39 Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This
327. s For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 89 Brake Wear Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon your brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes 5 41 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications
328. s If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or height they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Service before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 1 66 Q Because have a disability have to get my A vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module located under the right front passenger s seat or the overhead console can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from
329. s These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it If the arrow flashes faster than normal as you signal a turn or a lane change a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won t see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows don t go on at all when you signal a turn check for burned out bulbs and then check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 95 3 7 Turn Signal On Chime If you leave either one of your turn signals on and drive more than three quarters of a mile 1 2 km a chime will sound to alert you Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change your headlamps from low beams to high beams or from high to low pull the multifunction lever all the way toward you Then release it While the high beams are on this light will appear on the instrument panel cluster This light works only while the key is in RUN The fog lamps if equipped are not illuminated when the high beams are on Flash to Pass With the turn signal lever in
330. s available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations b Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Each rear seating position has exposed metal lower anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 1 43 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual The top tether anchors are located on the rear seatback filler panel Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather tha
331. s in FIRST 1 the transaxle will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes or parking brake to hold the vehicle in place Parking Brake The parking brake is located to the left of the brake pedal near the driver s door To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down with your right foot Push down the parking brake pedal with your left foot To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and push the parking brake pedal with your left foot When you lift your left foot the parking brake pedal will follow it to the released position A warning chime will sound and a brake warning light located on the instrument panel cluster will come on if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the shift lever is not in PARK P Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 36 2 25 Shifting Into Park P A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lev
332. s ites ee accecamcidansae rece feteedees iene 3 37 Oil Engine Oil Life System cee 5 20 Older Children Restraints cccccceeeee eee 1 30 Online Owner Center 0cceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 7 3 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 32 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment c cc cstcc e eestor eni ease 3 22 Outside Convex Mirror ccccceceec eee eceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeas 2 32 Heated Mirrors ccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 32 Power Mirrors 2 2 0ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 31 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 31 Owner Checks and Services 0c0eceeeeeeeees 6 8 Owners Canadian ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeenes ii Parade Dimming miserere aa 3 17 Park P Shing MO senienas eai 2 26 Shifting QUN Of eiee aoaeiaa este 2 27 Parking Biak eaoaai a a NE 2 25 Over Things That Burn ceeeeeeeeeeeeee renee 2 28 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 28 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 23 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeeeeee eres 1 60 PASSING nics ddendicsiaveeniilig ue esceuidenianeucenaeenodv 4 13 PASS Key lt oo cccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeen es 2 16 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Power Accessory Outlet S c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 3 17 Do r LOCK
333. scross sequence as shown ay OO Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare you could damage the cover or the spare Do not try to put the wheel cover on your compact spare tire It will not fit Store the wheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place After the compact spare tire has been installed on the vehicle store the flat tire in the trunk When storing a full size tire use the extension with the protector located in the foam holder to help avoid wheel surface damage 5 83 To store a full size tire do the following 1 Install the tools in their original location in the trunk area and secure 2 Place the tire valve stem facing down and the protector guide placed through a wheel bolt hole 3 Remove the protector and attach the retainer securely 4 Store the cover as far forward as possible When storing a compact spare tire in the trunk put the protector back in the foam holder The compact spare is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can See Compact Spare Tire on pa
334. sentative ae i This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift We will provide the following services during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period at no expense to you e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel 5 maximum for the customer to get to the nearest service station e Lock out Service identification required Replacement keys or locksmith service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle Delivery of the replacement key will be covered within 10 miles 16 km e Emergency Tow Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Assistance provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow e Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure e Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start will be covered at no charge e Dealer Locator Service In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Chevrolet s Bumper to Bumper warranty However when other services are utilized our Roadside Assistance Representatives will explain any payment obligations you might incur For prompt and efficient
335. sers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with
336. set button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English FRANCAIS French All messages will appear in French 3 54 ESPANOL Spanish All messages will appear in Spanish NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Select one of the available choices and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the automatic door unlocking feature It also allows you to select which doors and when the doors will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 11 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following choices OFF None of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER AT KEY OUT Only the driver s door will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition DRIVER IN PARK Only the driver s door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P ALL AT KEY OUT All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition ALL IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P NO CH
337. should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you 5 91 Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usao Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Wax Treated polishing cloth Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel White Sidewall Tire Removes soil and black Cleaner marks from whitewalls Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints 5 92 Description Usas Removes dirt and grime om and Wire Wheel from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches Cleans shines and awe Tire Shine Low
338. side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 74 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 for more information When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following 3 example as a guide to assist you in the placement of A CAUTION wheel blocks Changin
339. sition reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Seatback Latches Passenger s Seat shown Driver s Seat similar There is a lever located on the back of both front seats near the top on the outboard side These are used to fold the seatbacks forward for easy entry and exit of the rear seats The front passenger s seat has an easy entry feature which allows the entire seat to move forward See Easy Entry Seat on page 1 9 To fold the seatback forward lift the lever and push the seatback forward 1 8 A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked To return the seatback to the upright position push the seatback rearward until it locks in place Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Easy Entry Seat 1 The front passenger seat is designed to make it easy to 2 get into and out of the rear seat Lift the lever on the back of the right front seat and tilt the seatback forward Push on the seatback to slide the seat forward The seat is now in the position for easy entry exit Return the seatback to the upright position to lock it Slide the seat fully rearward to lock it into its original position A CAUTION If the easy entry right front seat is not locked it can move In a sudden stop or crash the person sittin
340. someone pick up and store the chocks 4 42 Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid don t overfill engine oil drive belts cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 29 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE ianiai aaae ipa i 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ceccee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 00 5 3 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 eseeeeeee eee 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your VONICIS renarena p a 5 4 FUG E E AEE ales 5 4 Gasoline Octane eceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 5 California Fuel iseni aaea eia 5 5 POGIIVES ipro ee anero a E E NE 5 6 Fuel E85 85 Ethanol s iscrisse 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries csceeeeeeneeeeeeee 5 7 Filling the Tank ses cissevecectecsdcdedoncadiecs nes
341. ss Entry without Remote Start The following functions may be available if your vehicle has the remote keyless entry system Q Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has this feature it may be started from outside the vehicle using the remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start following for more detailed information o Lock Press the lock button to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps will flash once to indicate locking has occurred If enabled through the DIC the horn will chirp when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous press of the lock button See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 for additional information Pressing the lock button may arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 15 wi Unlock Press the unlock button to unlock the driver s door If the button is pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors will unlock The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps will flash once to indicate unlocking has occurred See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 Pressing the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter will disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 15 Remote Trunk Release Press and hold this button for ap
342. ssage will display when the passenger s door is not closed properly When this message appears you should make sure that the passenger s door is closed completely REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE This message will display while you are matching a remote keyless entry transmitter to your vehicle See Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 40 for more information REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY This message will display when the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 3 49 SERVICE A C Air Conditioning SYSTEM This message will display when the electronic sensors that control the air conditioning and heating systems are no longer working Have the climate control system serviced by your GM dealer if you notice a drop in heating and air conditioning efficiency SERVICE AIR BAG This message will display when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 27 for more information SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This message will display when there is a problem with the generator and battery charging systems Driving with this problem could drain your battery Turn off all unnecessary accessori
343. st Info Artist Name Feature not No artist information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title not No song title information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly 3 72 XM Radio Messages cont d Radio Display is i Condition Action Required No CAT Info Category Name not No category information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this message available time on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Theftlocked Theftlock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if may be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer hardware failure
344. stem that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed 5 20 When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 46 Change your oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained service people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change your oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based
345. ster See your GM dealer for service FUEL LEVEL LOW This message will display when your vehicle is low on fuel You should refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Fuel Gage on page 3 38 and Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information HOOD OPEN If your vehicle has the remote start feature this message will display when the hood is not closed properly When this message appears you should make sure that the hood is closed completely See Hood Release on page 5 11 ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE This message will display when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE Notice f you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the Driver Information Center DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 5 17 for more information This message will display when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light will also appear on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 37 Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible when this message is displayed PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This me
346. stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls By The audio steering wheel controls may be different depending on your vehicles options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following VA Next Previous Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous radio station stored as a favorite When a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous track Mute Voice Recognition Press and release this button to silence the system Press and release this button again to turn the sound on If your vehicle has OnStar press and hold this button for longer than one second to interact with the OnStar system See the OnStar System on page 2 32 in this manual for more information SRCE Source Press this button to switch between AM FM XM if equipped CD and AUX jack Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the radio volume Dl Seek Press the seek arrow to go to the next radio station and stay there Radio Reception You may experience frequency interference and static during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at
347. straint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH Your vehicle has the LATCH system The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint equipped with LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Your vehicle has lower anchors and top tether anchors Your child restraint may have lower attachm
348. sure playlists have a m3u or wpl extension other file extensions may not work Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names ora combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists may cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display potentially getting cut off Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc may cause the disc not to function in the player You can change playlists by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons You can also play an MP3 CD R that was recorded using no file folders If a CD R contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player will let you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum will not be accessible Root Directory The root directory of the CD R is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory will be displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory will be accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px will always be accessed before root folders or files Empty Director
349. sure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 CAUTION Continued 5 54 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall Z Lu oc Ag P Ni N ye 2 og ee g 8 y Bayo exme mo X 2 v Z Nouv ogee Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety gu
350. t Recommended Fluids and Usage __Fluid Lubricant Lubricants GM Optikleen Washer Solvent Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part Pawar Stead GM Power Steering Fluid number or specification may be obtained from System g GM Part No U S 89021184 in your dealer Canada 89021186 Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic z Transaxle Transmission Fluid Usage Fluid Lubricant Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Engine oil which meets GM Key Lock GM Part No U S 12346241 in Standard GM6094M and displays Cylinders Canada 10953474 the American Petroleum Institute Hood Latch Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol GM Goodwrench Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol _ oil meets all the requirements for Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 in your vehicle To determine the Latch Pivots Canada 992723 or lubricant Spring Anchor meeting requirements of NLGI 2 and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl Engine Oil proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 17 F 7 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Hood and Door f Engine Colani water and use only DEX COOL GM Part No U S 12346241 in Coolant See Engine Coolant on Canada 10953474 page 5 26 Weatherstri Dielectric Silicone Grease p F Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Conditioning So fae 12345579 in System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid
351. t contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 67 5 59 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tir
352. t firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 3 5L V6 engine here is what you will see Hy 9 99 91 DID Ea ieee DDS CG J gt Sa DY Q a CO ppp ae DDB WS Vaaa R A KT Se D AN OD SN yy WB LG GES 9 IT DDN D gt S GY S Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 39 Battery See Battery on page 5 42 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 97 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 43 Coolant Recovery Tank See Checking Coolant under Cooling System on page 5 31 Pressure Cap See Pressure Cap on page 5 28 Power Steering Fluid Cap See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 38 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 17 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 17 Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick Out of View See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 5 23 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 40 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 22 When you open the hood on the 3 9L V6 engine here is what you will see SS
353. ta Recordes siomi as iia sen teecemtatcnadenes 7 9 Vehicle Identification Number VIN iirinn 5 93 Service Parts Identification Label 5 93 Ventilation Adjustment ccceeeeeeee nets eee eee ee 3 22 MISOIS peronai einean ara aan aE 2 14 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 24 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 46 Hazard Warning Flashers icce 3 6 Other Warning Devices cseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 6 Safety and Symbols isnin inser miniin iii Vehicle DaMage iieieccecs his cieeesseeeneenaneeaer n iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance cee 5 71 Different SiZO scien ccna Sexaededeh ass duse annia 5 69 Replacement ipur nisgondiin iison 5 71 14 Where to Put the Restraint 2 1 39 WVINGOWS saiora a EE E 2 13 POWST iee haia rea n O EE aie 2 14 Windshield Washer iccccisieuetied ceeds an EEE 3 9 Washer Fluid 3 i c cisciesi erns AN RET 5 39 Wiper Blade Replacement c ee 5 52 Wiper Blades Cleaning ceeeeeeneeeeeeee 5 90 Wiper FUSCS s 3iisacscaccnnised tinen ina niaaa 5 94 WIpErS oc ecoc cseecceiies rrenaren anene Anrin 3 8 Winter Driving ssc2a2hccovsdhieis base E EEEE 4 24 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 85 Your Vehicle and the Environment 0 0 6 2
354. tay lit to remind you that the airbag or airbags are off If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 48 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s airbag or airbags anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag or airbags to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag or airbags are active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system
355. tch again to activate the express open feature Press the close switch to stop movement of the sunroof The sunshade will automatically open when using express open A deflector will automatically pop up when the sunroof is opened The deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed y Close To close the sunroof press and hold this switch until the sunroof motor stops or release the switch when the desired position has been reached Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Parade DIMMING iviccseaticctsencenteesewermeuesestacksenes 3 17 Hazard Warning Flashers ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 6 Reading Lamps s cciv c0s ssn ncceraeed dnsimedder ies cack 3 17 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeenee een tees 3 6 Battery Run Down Protection o ae 3 17 FHOPIN EPEE T E A E ate sicact E ednvedimenae atten 3 6 Accessory Power Outlet S e eeeeeeeeeee es 3 17 THE WINGO sicceccscctzcncet binceelaaedersgerse AN 3 6 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 00 3 18 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever see 3 7 Climate Controls 5 ca Lees eesenrxetaoarebeeesececeien 3 19 Turn and Lane Change Signals s 3 7 Climate Control System cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 19 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 8 Outlet Adjustment ceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeee es 3 22 Wee Bib A E E A A A E T F Passenger Compartment Air Filter 00
356. tely To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the integrated radio antenna and the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your GM dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your GM dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery 5 86 Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degrea
357. terature For more information visit www onstar com or www onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or press the OnStar button to speak to an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Terms and conditions of the Subscription Service Agreement can be found at www onstar com or www onstar ca OnStar Services For new vehicles equipped with OnStar the Safe and Sound Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions and Connections Plan to meet your needs For more information press the OnStar button to speak to an advisor Safe and Sound Plan e Advanced Automatic Collision Notification e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Tracking e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e Remote Diagnostics e Online Concierge Directions and Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Personal Calling As an OnStar subscriber the Personal Calling capability allows you to make hands free calls using a wireless system that is integrated into the vehicle Calls can be placed nationwide using simple voice commands with no additional contracts and no additional roaming charges To find out more about OnStar Personal Calling refer to the OnStar User s
358. th those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system may give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommend
359. the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag depl
360. the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating To activate the cigarette lighter push it into the heating element and let go When the lighter is ready it will pop out by itself Climate Controls Climate Control System Your vehicle may be equipped with a dual or single climate control system With this system you can control the heating cooling defrost defog and ventilation for your vehicle Dual Zone with Optional Heated Seat Conirols Single Zone Manual Operation Turn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise to direct the airflow inside of your vehicle To change the current mode select one of the following 74 Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets pi Bi Level This mode directs approximately half of the of air to the instrument panel outlets and the other half to the floor outlets 3 19 ted Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some of the air directed to the windshield and side window outlets In this mode the system will automatically select Outside Air The right knob can also be used to select defog or defrost mode For more information see Defogging and Defrosting later in this section By positioning the right knob between two modes a combination of those two modes is selected The air conditioning compressor will be engaged unless the outside
361. the passenger s seatback closest to the door A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not let seat covers block the inflation path of a side impact airbag When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle is equipped with electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate fr
362. then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts 1 68 If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If an airbag inflates you will also need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Then the new retractor assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if an airbag has not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been ina collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 27 Section 2 Features and Controls IRGY Si anoir a ER 2 2 Parking Brake spsc cvcueseaceveedcsavwseviancanesetectoence 2 25 Remote Keyless Entry System eeeeee ee 2 3 Shifting Into Park P cceseeeeeeeee
363. tion a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your
364. tle fluid could cause the transaxle to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check the transaxle fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle fluid level if you have been driving 5 23 e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare your vehicle as follows 1 Park your vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P 5 24 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in PARK P 4 Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps 1 Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel The transaxle fluid dipstick handle is the black loop with this symbol on it It is located near the rear of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more in
365. tnotes ccccceceseeeeeeeenees 6 7 Maintenance Record cccceeee eee eeeeeeeenees 6 14 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeee ees 6 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 13 Owner Checks and Services ccccceeeeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance cccccceeeeneaeeees 6 4 SING cncestaccsiansiacateniagncse donates teataaas Da 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light o e 3 34 Manual Lumbar Controls ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 Manual Passenger Seat eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 46 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview ceeee 2 30 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar 2 31 Manual Rearview Mirror cccceeeeeeee eee 2 30 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 30 Outside Convex Mirror cccceeeee ceca seen sees 2 32 Outside Heated Mirrors ccccccceeeeeeeeeee 2 32 Outside Power Mirrors ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 31 MY GMEINK COM orriaren esnia ESEE 7 3 New Vehicle Break In ceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 18 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 13 Odometer errnet Eea A AEE EPELEN 3 26 Off Road Recovery eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 4 13 Oil ENGINE sarean E RA 5 17 Pressure Light is ac
366. to streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your dealer a service station or a local recycling center for help 5 21 Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter do the following The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter 1 Lift the filter cover tabs on top of the engine air cleaner filter housing To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required Push the filter cover housing toward the engine Pull out the filter Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter To reinstall the cover position the tabs through the hinges on the housing 6 Push the cover tabs on top of the housing to l
367. ton again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on your steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column To tilt the wheel hold the wheel and pull the lever Then move the wheel to a comfortable position and release the lever to lock the wheel in place Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 3 7 e ZD Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 8 e W Windshield Wipers See Windshield Wipers on page 3 8 amp A Windshield Washer See Windshield Washer on page 3 9 For information on the headlamps see Exterior Lamps on page 3 13 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left position
368. towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 21 Dinghy Towing Notice f you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed you should use a dolly See Dolly Towing following for more information Dolly Towing Your vehicle can be towed using a dolly To tow your vehicle using a dolly follow these steps A 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P 3 4 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead Put the front wheels on the dolly Set the parking brake and then remove the key position Release the parking brake 4 35 Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weig
369. tton and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after five minutes of the engine run time 10 minutes are added and you now have 15 minutes of engine running The added ten minutes are considered a second remote vehicle start Once two remote starts or a single start with a time extension have been provided the vehicle must be started normally with the ignition key to get more remote vehicle starts The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition the hood is not closed or if there is an emission control system malfunction Also the engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if the coolant temperature gets too high or if the oil pressure gets low Vehicles equipped with the remote vehicle start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 53 for additional information Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature If your vehicle has the remote start ready feature your remote keyless entry transmitter will have extended range that will allow you to lock or unlock your vehicle from approximately 195 feet 60 m away See your dealer if you would like to add t
370. ty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon
371. ulbs ceeeceeeeeeeeeenee eee ees 5 51 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 52 TIES sisi stented Ren aataid couse i ea e eR 5 54 Tire Sidewall Labeling c eeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 55 Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 5 57 Inflation Tire Pressure a r 5 60 Tire Pressure Monitor System 6 eeseeeees 5 62 Tire Inspection and Rotation ceeeeeee 5 66 When It Is Time for New Tires ccecce 5 67 Buying New Tires ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 5 68 Different Size Tires and Wheels 0008 5 69 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeee 5 70 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 71 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Wheel Replacement 0 eeceeeeeeeeeeerenees Tire Chansen A If a Tire Goes Flat irure aniano Changing a Flat Tire cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tie o5 ecandaiica tena deuei seor annari nEn eN EAA Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Compact Spare Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes Appearance Care c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Fabric Carpet 2 cesdviedeacseseinet cakes ciareaeeeseneed Ceathar sesia daa a inca saiaane Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES errei ei aea NEEE een Care
372. uld be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor 1 19 Q What is wrong with this on A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 1 20 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you 1 21 Q What is wrong with this The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 22 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would
373. ulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 31 Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck A If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 1 27 lf the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint the belts provide 1 32
374. ure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width 5 57 Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Inflation Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 60 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer
375. urpose 5 44 The remote positive terminal is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle on the underhood fuse block See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location To uncover the remote positive terminal remove the fuse block cover You should always use the remote positive terminal instead of the positive terminal on the battery A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or i missing insulation If they do you could get a in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler shock The vehicles could be damaged too en ine ae a a of aa ae Before you connect the cables here are some Ip ie tomy AGO wete ween care Sr IMATUSI basic things you should know Positive will go to If you do not explosive gas could be present positive or to a remote positive
376. us accident change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off 8 Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 6 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 5 81 A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 100 for wheel nut torque specification 9 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 100 for the wheel nut torque specification 5 82 10 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a cris
377. us text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel is against the law in some places Keep door on the driver s side of the vehicle children away Irom the fuel pump never let To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise children pump fuel The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap on the hook on the inside of the fuel door A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all t
378. use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 88 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water
379. vehicle Do not use your compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep your spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior 5 85 When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immedia
380. vice Loc This message is displayed while the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer 3 63 Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol will appear on the radio display As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 84 for more information If
381. ving the vehicle in circles is not a problem To calibrate the compass use the following procedure Compass Calibration Procedure 1 Before calibrating the compass make sure the compass zone is set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is traveling See Compass Variance Procedure earlier in this section 2 Press the vehicle information button until the PRESS v TO CALIBRATE COMPASS screen is displayed 3 Press the set reset button to start the compass calibration 4 The DIC will display CALIBRATING DRIVE IN CIRCLES Drive the vehicle in circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration The DIC will display CALIBRATION COMPLETE when the calibration is complete Remote Key This display allows you to match the remote keyless entry transmitter to your vehicle To match a remote keyless entry transmitter to your vehicle do the following 1 Press the vehicle information button until PRESS v TO RELEARN REMOTE KEY displays 2 Press the set reset button The message REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE will display 3 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for approximately 15 seconds A chime will sound indicating that the transmitter is matched 4 To match additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it 5 To exit the programming mode you must cycle the key to OFF 3 45 Blank
382. y s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in
383. y the track number will appear on the display The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 3 84 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section am
384. y need to be changed periodically to ensure system performance For information on how often to change the passenger compartment air filter see Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 To change the passenger compartment air filter use the following steps 1 Turn off the ignition when the windshield wipers are in the up position 2 Raise the vehicle hood 3 Disconnect the windshield washer pump hose from the fender rail and air inlet grille 4 Peel back the hood weatherstrip from the passenger s side of the vehicle halfway to center 5 6 te 8 9 For the type of filter to use see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 Remove the air inlet grille retainers Remove the air inlet grille Remove the water deflector plate Remove the old passenger compartment air filter Reverse the steps to install the new air filter 3 23 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly whe
385. y or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player will advance to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files and the empty folder will not be displayed or numbered 3 77 No Folder When the CD R contains only compressed files the files will be located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions will not be displayed on a CD R that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT When the CD R contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files will be located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons will search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R will be played in the following order e Play will begin from the first track in the first playlist and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has been played play will continue from the first track of the first playlist e Play will begin from the first track in the first folder and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has been played
386. y the bottom claw set of the wiper blade At the notched end of the wiper blade pull the wiper blade element from the wiper blade assembly 2 To replace the element start at the heel end of the wiper blade which is the end nearest to the base of the wiper arm and slide the wiper blade element notched end last into the wiper blade claw sets 3 To engage the last claw into the notched end of the wiper blade element squeeze the wiper blade element at the notched area and push the wiper blade element so the claw fits into the notch A Correct Installation 4 Be sure the two wiper blade element notches are B Incorrect Installation engaged by the last claw set and that all the other claws are properly engaged in the slots of the wiper blade element on both sides For the proper type and size windshield wiper blades see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 5 53 Tires CAUTION Continued Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle s Owner Manual A CAUTION e Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pres
387. y with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement 5 72 Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 74 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P225 55R17 or P235 50R18 size tires do not use tire chains there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or
388. ypical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S UT B CDE F A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air press

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

JD/NC-95/4 ABS    Mirage™ SoftGel  1 - Patterson Dental/Dentaire  Eclipse Servomotor Brake  Version 1.6 Stand 08/2015 ca. 3 MB  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file